Profis Hiti Design Guide

PROFIS Anchor
Design Guide
Anchor design at a click.
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Table of Contents
Tension . . . . . .6
Tension — Steel Strength . . . . . . .7
Equations — Nsa cast-in-place. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Equations — Nsa post-installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Equations — ΦNsa versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Variables — Ase,n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Variables — futa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Variables — n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Calculations — Nsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Results — Nsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Results — Φsteel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Results — Φnonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Results — ΦNsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tension — Concrete Breakout Strength . . .14

Equations — Anc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Equations — ANc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations — Nb — D-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations — Nb — D-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations — Ncb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Equations — Ncbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Equations — ΦNcb or ΦNcbg versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Equations — ψcp,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Equations — ψec,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Equations — ψed,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Variables — ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Variables — cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Variables — e′c1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Variables — ec2,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Variables — hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Variables — kc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Variables — λ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Variables — ψc,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Calculations — ANc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calculations — ANc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Calculations — Nb — D-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Calculations — Nb — D-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Calculations — ψcp,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Calculations — ψec1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Calculations — ψec2,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Calculations — ψed,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Results — Ncb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Results — Ncbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Results — ΦNcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Results — ΦNcbg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com • en español 1-800-879-5000 • Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca 1
Table of Contents
Tension — Pullout Strength — Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . 53 Tension — Bond Strength — Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . 70.
Equations — Npn,f´c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Equations — ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Equations — ΦNpn,f´c versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Equations — ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Equations — ccr,na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Variables — Np,2500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Equations — Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Variables — ψc,p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Equations — Na0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Calculations — √ (f´c ÷ 2500). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Equations — Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Results — Npn,f´c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Equations — ΦNa or ΦNag versus Nua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Equations — ψec,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Results — ΦNpn,f´c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Equations — ψed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Equations — ψg,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Results — Φnonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Equations — ψg,Na0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Equations — ψp,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Equations — scr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Tension — Pullout Strength — Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . . . .62 Equations — τκ,max. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Variables — ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Equations — NP = 8Abrgf´c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Variables — cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Equations — NPn = ψc,PNP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Variables — da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Equations — ΦNpn ≥ Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Variables — e´c1,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Variables — Abrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Variables — e´c2,N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Variables — ψc,p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Variables — hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Calculations — NP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Variables — κbond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Results — Npn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Variables — kc,xxx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Variables — n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Results — ΦNpn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Variables — savg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Variables — τk,uncr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Variables — τk,xxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Calculations — ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculations — ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations — ccr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations — Na0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations — ψec1,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Calculations — ψed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations — ψg,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations — ψg,Na0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Calculations — ψp,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calculations — scr,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Calculations — τk,max,xxxx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Results — αN,seis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results — Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results — Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Results — ΦαN,seisNa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Results — ΦαN,seisNag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Results — Φbond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Results — Φnonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Table of Contents
Tension — Side-Face Blowout Strength Shear — Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . .143

for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . .115
Equations — AVc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Equations — αcorner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Equations — AVc0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Equations — αgroup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Equations — ΦVcb or ΦVcbg ≥ Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Equations — Nsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Equations — ψec,v . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Equations — Nsbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Equations — ψed,v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Equations — ΦNsb or ΦNsbg versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Equations — ψh,v. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Variables — Abrg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Equations — Vb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Variables — ca1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Equations — Vcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Variables — ca2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Equations — Vcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Variables — ca1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Variables — s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Variables — ca2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Calculations — αgroup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Variables — da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Calculations — αcorner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Variables — e´V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Results — Nsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Variables — f´c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Results — Nsbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 Variables — ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Variables — λ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Results — ΦNsb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Variables — le. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Results — ΦNsbg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Variables — ψc,V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Variables — ψparallel,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Results — Φnonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Calculations — AVc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Calculations — AVc0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Calculations — ψec,V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Calculations — ψed,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Shear . . . . . . . . 130
Calculations — ψh,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Calculations — Vb — Equation D-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Shear — Steel Strength . . . . . . .131
Calculations — Vb — Equation D-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Anchor Steel Strength in Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Results — Vcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Equations — Vsa for Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Results — Vcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Equations — Vsa for Headed Bolts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Results — ΦVcb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Equations — Vsa for Headed Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Results — ΦVcbg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Equations — Vsa Seismic for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Equations — Vsa Static for Mechanical Anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 Results — Φnonductile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Equations — ΦVsa versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Results — Φseismic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Variables — αV,seis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Results — Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Variables — Ase,V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Variables — futa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Shear — Pryout Strength — Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . .172
Variables — n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Equations — ΦVcp or ΦVcpg versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Variables — Vsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Equations — Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Calculations — Vsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Equations — Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Results — Vsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Variables — kcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Results — ΦVsa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Calculations — Vcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Results — Φeb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Calculations — Vcpg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Results — Φsteel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Results — Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Results — Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Results — Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Results — ΦVcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Results — ΦVcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Results — Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

Table of Contents
Shear — Pryout Strength — Bond Controls . . . . . . . 186 ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . .216
Equations — Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Equations — Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Equations — ΦVcp or ΦVcpg versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Variables — kcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Calculations — Vcp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Calculations — Vcpg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Results — Vcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Results — Vcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 ACI 318-11 Provisions. . . . . . . . 228
Results — ΦVcp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Results — ΦVcpg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Results — Φconcrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . . 229
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Results — Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Shear — Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . .197
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Equations — Stand-off Condition — None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Equations — Stand-off Condition — without Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Grouting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Equations — Vsm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Equations — MS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Equations — MS0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Equations — S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Equations — Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Equations — (1 – Nua /ΦNsa ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Equations — ΦVsM versus Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Variables — αM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Variables — fu,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Variables — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Variables — z. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Variables — d0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Variables — n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Variables — ΦNsa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Calculations — Lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Calculations — MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Calculations — MS0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Calculations — S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Calculations — (1 – Nua /ΦNsa ). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Results — ΦVsM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Results — Φsteel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Results — VSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Results — Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Table of Contents
ACI 318-11 Adhesive Anchor Provisions . . . . . . . 264 Factored Load Calculations . . . . . . . 329
Equations — ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Equations — ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Equation — ΦNn versus Nua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Equations — cNa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Equation — ΦVn versus Vua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Equations — Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 % Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Equations — Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Resultant Tension and Shear Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Equations — Nba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Equations— ΦNa or ΦNag versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Away From Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Equations— ψcp,Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272 Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Equations — ψec,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Resultant Shear Load — Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Equations — ψed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Variables — αN,seis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 Interaction Calculations . . . . . . .346
Variables — ca,min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Equations — Tri-Linear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Variables — cac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Equations — Parabolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Variables — da . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Calculations — % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Variables — ec1,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Variables — ec2,N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Base Plate Calculations . . . . . . .349
Variables — hef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Variables — kbond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292 Design Assumptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Variables — λa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 Tension Forces on the Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Variables —τk,c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295 Tension Eccentricity Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Calculations — ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Calculations — ANa0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Calculations — cNa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Calculations — Nba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Calculations — ψcp,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Calculations — ψed,Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Results — Na . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Results — Nag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Results — Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Results — Φbond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Results — ΦNa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Results — ΦNag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . .324

Sustained Load Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Tension
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about

the following:
◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
◼◼ PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
◼◼ Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for

the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product
Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,
design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and
calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.
The TENSION section of the Design Guide provides

information on the tension design strengths calculated using
PROFIS Anchor.
Tension — Steel Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Tension — Concrete Breakout Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Tension — Pullout Strength — Mechanical Anchors. . . . . . 53
Tension Tension — Pullout Strength — Cast-In-Place Anchors. . . . . 62
Tension — Bond Strength — Adhesive Anchors. . . . . . . . . 70
Tension — Side-Face Blowout

Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . . . 115
6
Tension — Steel Strength
Equations — Nsa cast-in-place

Equations Reference Comments
cast-in-place anchors ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-3) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in
tension (Nsa) for a single cast-in-place anchor.
Nsa = nAse,N futa
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-3) in the Equations section of the Steel
Strength design parameters.
Equations — Nsa post-installed

post-installed anchors Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report When designing post-installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor uses a pre-calculated
for the selected anchor. value for the Nominal Steel Strength in tension (Nsa) that is given in the
Nsa = see ICC-ES ESR-xxxx ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor. This value corresponds to
Nominal Steel Strength (Nsa) for a single anchor calculated using EQ. (D-3).
The Design Report for post-installed anchors shows EQ. (D-3) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters but references
the ESR from which the value for Nsa has been taken.
Equations — Φ Nsa versus Nua

ΦNsa > Nua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
calculated Design Strength in tension (ΦNn) to the Factored Service Load in
tension (Nua) that has been input by the user.
When Nua is not equally distributed among the anchors in the connection,
PROFIS Anchor compares the Design Steel Strength in tension (ΦNsa) for a
single anchor to the highest loaded anchor in tension. When Nua is equally
distributed among the anchors in the connection, PROFIS Anchor compares
ΦNsa for a single anchor to Nua divided by the number of anchors in tension.
A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.

Variables — Ase,n
Variables Reference Comments
A se,N ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) Ase,N is the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor in tension. Values
for Ase,N specific to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in
the program internal database.
The Design Report shows Ase,N in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables — futa
futa ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) futa is the specified tensile strength of the anchor steel. Values for futa specific
to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program
internal database.
Cast-in-place anchor steel properties correspond to ASTM F1554 bolts and

AWS D1.1 headed studs. Post-installed anchor steel properties are given in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows futa in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables — n
n
_______ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 to calculate Nsa because some of the
1.000 anchors in the connection may be more highly loaded than others in the
connection. The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the
Steel Strength design parameters.

Calculations — Nsa
Calculations Reference Comments
Nsa cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor calculates Nsa per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx or uses the value given for Nsa in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
single post-installed anchor.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Nsa in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Results — Nsa
Results Reference Comments
Nsa cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor calculates Nsa per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx or uses the value given for Nsa in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Nsa in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results — Nua
Nua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Nua as the “factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors”.
PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to
ACI 318-08.
Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
value. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.
Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then
clicking on the Enter loads icon.

Results — Nua (continued)

The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part
1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the
responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the
user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads
acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The
sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or
shear.
Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors
being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows
the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads
acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/
Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for
anchors determined to be in compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single
asterisk (*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNsa ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If the value for
ΦNsa shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of the Design Report is ≥
the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”, the note “OK” will appear
under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening meets the design
criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are ≥ the corresponding
value for Nua or Vua respectively.
If the value for ΦNsa is < Nua, the note “not recommended” will appear under
the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening does not meet the design
criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The value shown under the heading “Utilization βN [%]” in Part 3 of the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Steel
Strength, Nua corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on
a single anchor for the anchors that are determined to be in tension as
described above. ΦNn corresponds to the Design Steel Strength ΦNsa as
defined above.

Results — Φsteel
Φsteel cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.i PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.i to determine
post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx the Steel Strength Φ-factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.75 for
all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these
anchors satisfy the definition of “ductile steel element” given in ACI 318-08,
Part D.1.
Steel Strength Φ-factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions
of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the Φ-factor is derived from
testing. Therefore, the Φ-factors for post-installed anchors are specific to an
anchor. The Φ-factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the Φ-factor from the ESR to calculate the
Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.
The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength Φ-factor as Φsteel and shows
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results — Φnonductile
Φnonductile ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defined in
ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as Φnonductile. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths
corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.
For tension calculations, these modes include:

•N
ominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the
definition of “ductile steel element” given in Part D.1.
• Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
• Nominal Pullout Strength
• Nominal Bond Strength
• Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength
For shear calculations, these modes include:

•N
•S
teel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy
the definition of “ductile steel element” given in Part D.1.
• Nominal Pryout Strength
Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.
Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if
Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon
in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for Φnonductile can be input ranging
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputting values for
Φnonductile different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine
if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and
the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of
Φnonductile = 0.4 if no specific value is input by the user.

Results — Φnonductile (continued)

The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
The Design Report results to the left show how Φnonductile is applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how Φnonductile is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.
Results — ΦNsa
ΦNsa ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
ΦNsa and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
Design Steel Strength equals: Φsteel * Nsa for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Strength equals: Φsteel * Φnonductile * Nsa for seismic conditions.

Tension — Concrete Breakout Strength
Equations — Anc
ANc ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as “the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
The Design Report shows ANc in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of ANc in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANc.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance
parameters used to calculate ANc directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,
highlight it, and input the desired value.
Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.
Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout
tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.
Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the Input geometry icon.

Equations — ANc0
ANc0 ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6 ) ANc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as “the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor”. It corresponds to the idealized area of influence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc0 per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for “effective embedment depth”. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-6) in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANc0 in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations — Nb
Nb = kcλ √f´c hef 1.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) Nb is defined in ACI 318-08 as the “basic concrete breakout strength in
tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete”. Nb is multiplied by various
modification factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(ANc / ANc0); eccentric loading (ψec,n), edge distances < 1.5 hef (ψed,n); uncracked
concrete (ψc,N); or splitting (ψcp,N) to determine the Nominal Concrete
Breakout Strength in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations — Nb
Nb = 16 λ √f´c hef 5 / 3 ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates Nb per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11” ≤ hef ≤ 25”. PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-
installed anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, kc = 16 and hef is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for Nb calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding Nb.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for Nb using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.

Equations — Ncb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(a) Equation (D-4) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncb) for a
⎛ A ⎞ single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor.
Ncb = ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ ψed,Nψc,Nψcp,N Nb
⎝ ANc0 ⎠ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-4) in the Equations section
Equations — Ncbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(b) Equation (D-5) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Ncbg) for a
⎛ A ⎞ group of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors.
Ncbg = ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ ψec,Nψed,Nψc,N ψcp,N Nb
A
⎝ Nc0 ⎠ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-5) in the Equations section
Equations — ΦNcb or ΦNcbg versus Nua

ΦNcb or ΦNcbg ≥ Nua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored

ACI 318-08.


Equations — ψcp,N
⎧ c ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13) ψcp,N is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
1.5 hef ⎫
ψcp,N = MAXIMUM ⎨ _____
a,min
; ______ ⎬ ≤ 1.0 uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, cac,
⎩ cac cac ⎭

corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
ψcp,N is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,

ψcp,N equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 hef/cac) using the value for hef input by the user
and the value for cac given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
It compares this calculation to (ca,min/cac) where ca,min is the smallest edge
distance < 1.5 hef for the connection.
The value for ψcp,N shown in the Design Report equals:
MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (1.5 hef/cac)} < 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout

The calculated value for ψcp,N is shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced will not develop cracks under service load conditions or the life of the
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked anchorage.
concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases
where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors
must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.

Equations — ψec,N
⎧ 1 ⎫ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4: Equation (D-9) ψec,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in
ψec,N = ∣ ________∣ tension.
∣ 2 eN' ∣
∣ 1 + ____ ∣
⎩ 3 hef ⎭ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated
value for ψec,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ψec,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load
distribution among the anchors and identifies the anchors that are in tension.
This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ψec,N directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the “Enter” key
to set the new value.

Equations — ψec,n (continued)

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
NOTE: P
ROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.
The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate
assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer
to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.
Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.
Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.
NOTE: P
The thickness value input is assumed to be sufficient to transfer
shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate
Calculations for more information.
Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate
length and width.

Equations — ψec,n (continued)

For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions
input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant axial
loads.
When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension

and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and
magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.
The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are
given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.
Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression
forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,
and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the
location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally
calculated neutral axis.
Equations — ψed,N
⎧ ca,min ⎫ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11) ψed,N is the modification factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 ∣______∣
⎩1.5 hef ⎭ ψed,N is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (ca,min) is < 1.5 hef.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-11) in the Equations
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
calculated value for ψed,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters.

Variables — Ca,min
ca,min ca,min corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
ca,min values for post-installed anchors are determined via testing and
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specific to the anchor.
Values for cast-in-place anchors are based on ACI 318-08, Part D.8.2.
PROFIS Anchor users can select edge distance criteria for torqued or
D.8.2 — Unless determined in accordance with D.8.4.
untorqued conditions when designing cast-in-place anchors.
minimum edge distances for cast-in headed anchors
that will not be torqued shall be based on specified The minimum edge distance for untorqued CIP anchors is defined in PROFIS
cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For cast- Anchor as:
in headed anchors that will be torqued the minimum
edge distances shall be 6da. = minimum cover + minimum rebar size + minimum CIP anchor diameter
= 3/4" + 3/8" + 1/2" = 1.625"; rounded up to 1.75".
Refer to 7.7.1 but disregard parameters for Shells and Folded Plate Members.
ca,min for cast-in-place anchors
ca,min for HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the ca,min value
ESR-3013, Part 4.1.9: published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
HY 150 MAX-SD distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation

torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
ESR-2262, Part 4.1.9:
HY 150 MAX-SD
ESR-2322, Part 4.1.10:

RE 500-SD
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service

Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD.
Figure 5 — Instructions for use (IFU) as provided with product packaging (continued)

Variables — Ca,min (continued)

Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in ≤ edge distance < ca,min
PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than ca,min in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the ca,min values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < ca,min are therefore outside the range of ca,min. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signified their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < ca,min is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.
The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by

placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve
to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distance

Variables — Ca,min (continued)

Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
ca,min. The Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables section of the Concrete
The edge distance parameters used to calculate ca,min can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,

Variables — cac
cac cac corresponds to the “critical edge distance required to develop the basic
concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked concrete
without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting”. It corresponds to
the edge distance needed to minimize the potential of splitting in uncracked
concrete.
cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance for Strength
Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
Splitting is only considered when using post-installed anchors because it

is a possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an
edge. cac is determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report specific to an anchor.
Illustration references
Section 4.1.10 in ICC-ES Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore, cac
ESR-2322 for HIT RE 500-SD. is not considered when using cast-in-place anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows cac in the Variables section of the
Variables — e'c1,N
e' c1,N The value for e' c1,N corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
The Design Report shows e' c1,N in the Variables section of the Concrete
PROFIS Anchor determines e' c1,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the
load distribution among the anchors and identifies the anchors that are in
tension. This permits a determination of e' c1,N and the subsequent calculation
of ψec1,N.

Variables — e'c1,N (continued)

value. Click the “enter” key to set the new value.
The spacing parameters used to calculate ec1,N can be input directly on the
main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,
and input the desired value. Click the “enter” key to set the new value.


NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.


PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (ec1,N).
The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is calculated using a
finite element program.
14,091 lb
(4.438, 0.000) Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on
resultant load calculations.
For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the
x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable ec1,N corresponds
to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the
modification factor for eccentricity:
ψec,N = modification for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout

strength (Ncbg).
Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.
ec1,N is defined as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (TR) is located
4.438 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only
four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the
anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base
plate in the +x direction.
The tension eccentricity in the x-direction (ec1,N ) = 1.438 in.

Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension
eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the
y-direction.
The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as ec1,N . The Design Report shows ec1N in the Variables section of
the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

ec2,N . The value for ec2,N equals the distance in the y-direction between the
resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.

Variables — ec2,N
e c2,N ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 EQ (D-9) ec2,N corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of the
PROFIS Anchor determines ec2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This permits a determination of ec2,N and the subsequent calculation
of ψec2,N.
value.
Click the “enter” key to set the new value.
The spacing parameters used to calculate ec2,N can be input directly on the

Variables — ec2,N (continued)

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.


loads.

The value for ec2,N corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows ec2,N in the Variables section of the Concrete
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (ec2,N).
The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on



x-direction and 12 in apart in the y-direction. The variable ec2,N corresponds

strength (Ncbg).
ec2,N is defined as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension eccentricity in the y-direction (ec2,N ) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction
is denoted as ec2,N. The Design Report shows ec2N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

ec1,N. The value for ec1,N equals the distance in the x-direction between the

Variables — f´c
f´c ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5 f´c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f´c values in PROFIS Anchor is as
D.3.5 — The values of f´c used for calculation purposes follows:
cast-in-place anchors in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for cast-
in anchors and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors. cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 10000 psi
Testing is required for post-installed anchors when
post-installed anchors: 2500 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 8000 psi
used in concrete with f´c greater than 8,000 psi.
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specific to each
anchor.
5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE
The Design Report shows f´c in the Variables section of the Concrete
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Users input a value for f'c by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive
strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the “Enter” key to set the new
value.

Variables — hef
hef ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 hef is defined as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.3 in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables section of the
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7 Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for cast-in-place anchors

range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:
MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.
The minimum value of 4*diameter corresponds to the minimum embedment

noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20*diameter value is approximate and may vary slightly for some cast-
in-place anchor sizes. It likewise corresponds to the maximum embedment
noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.4
The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.
corresponds to: The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside
[4d0 ; 20d0] the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth
range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor
calculations.
Check Results pane via the View tab to view real time calculation results as
well as messages.
Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter
using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the
main screen.

Variables — hef (continued)

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth
and input an appropriate value for hef. Click the “Enter” key to set the new
value.
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors

The 4*diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for some
anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and corresponds
to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive anchors per
ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
A 5/8" diameter anchor has been selected The 20*diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum
and an embedment depth = 18" input.
embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
corresponds to: 1.2.2.4
[4d0 ; 20d0] The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.
The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside
the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth
calculations.
Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.


main screen.
value.
The value for hef when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used. Refer to the mechanical anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for embedment depths specific to that anchor.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.
The embedment depth range will be shown in the drop down for each
mechanical anchor.

Variables — kc
kc ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 EQ. (D-7)
D.5.2.2 — The basic concrete breakout strength of a

single anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nb, shall
kc is defined as the “coefficient for basic concrete breakout strength in
not exceed
tension”.
Nb = kc √f´c hef1.5 (D-7)
cracked and uncracked conditions
where When using cast-in-place anchors, the value for kc will be taken = 24 for
kc = 24 for cast-in anchors; and both cracked concrete conditions and uncracked concrete conditions.
kc = 17 for post-installed anchors. Modifications for uncracked concrete conditions will be made via the factor
ψc,N.
The value of kc for post-installed anchors shall be
permitted to increased above 17 based on ACI 355.2
product-specific tests, but shall in no case exceed 24.
When using post-installed anchors, kc is derived from testing. The value used
ESR-3013 for in conjunction with Equation (D-7) will be specific to cracked concrete or
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD uncracked concrete conditions and likewise specific to a particular anchor.
This value is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
ESR-3027 for
KWIK HUS-EZ
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows kc in the Variables section of the
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural material tab, then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- anchorage.
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked

Variables — λ
λ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 λ is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and λ will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations include
provisions for designing with both lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows λ in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
Variables — ψc,N
ψc,N ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.6 ψc,N is the factor used to modify the Design Concrete Breakout Strength in
tension for either cracked or uncracked concrete conditions.
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced anchorage.
D.5.2.6 — For anchors located in a region of a RD.5.2.6 — Post-installed and cast-in anchors that
concrete member when analysis indicates no cracking have not met the requirements for use in cracked
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for ψc,N:
at service load levels, the following modification factor concrete according to ACI 355.2 ahould be used
shall be permitted in uncracked regions only. The analysis for the cast-in-place anchors
determination of crack formation should include the ψc,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete
ψc,N = 1.25 for cast-in anchors; and effects of restrained shrinkage (see 7.12.1.2). The ψc,N = 1.25 for uncracked concrete
anchor qualification tests of ACI 355.2 require that
ψc,N = 1.4 for post installed anchors, where the value of anchors in cracked concrete zones perform well post-installed anchors
kc used in Eq. (D-7) is 17. in a crack that is 0.012 in. wide. If wider cracks are ψc,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete
expected, confining reinforcement to control the crack ψc,N = 1.0 for uncracked concrete
Where the value of kc used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from width to about 0.012 in. should be provided.
When calculating Design Concrete Breakout Strength in tension for post-
the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-
installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor accounts for cracked or uncracked
installed anchors qualified for use in both cracked and
concrete conditions via the value for kc that is used to calculate the basic
uncracked concrete, the values of kc and ψc,N shall be
concrete breakout strength in tension, Nb.
based on the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always utilizes ψc,N = 1.0 for post-installed
Where the value of kc used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from anchors.
the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-
installed anchors qualified for use in uncracked Values for ψc,N are shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
concrete, ψc,N shall be taken as 1.0. Strength design parameters.

Calculations — ANc
ANc ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) ANc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as “the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
The Design Report shows ANc in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of ANc in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANc.
parameters used to calculate ANc directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,

Calculations — ANc0
ANc0 ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6) ANc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as “the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor”. It corresponds to the idealized area of influence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ANc0 per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for “effective embedment depth”. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANc0 in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Calculations — Nb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) Nb is defined in ACI 318-08 as the “basic concrete breakout strength in
Nb = kcλ √f´c hef 1.5
tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete”. Nb is multiplied by various
modification factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(ANc / ANc0); eccentric loading (ψec,N), edge distances < 1.5 hef (ψed,N); uncracked
concrete (ψc,N); or splitting (ψcp,N) to determine the Nominal Concrete Breakout
Strength in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section
value for Nb using EQ. (D-7) in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Calculations — Nb
Nb = 16 λ √f´c hef 5/3
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates Nb per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11" ≤ hef ≤ 25". PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-
installed anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, kc = 16 and hef is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for Nb calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding Nb.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for Nb using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.

Calculations — ψcp,N
⎧ c ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13 ) ψcp,N is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
1.5 hef ⎫
ψcp,N = MAXIMUM ⎨ _____
a,min
; ______ ⎬ ≤ 1.0 uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, cac,
⎩ cac cac ⎭

corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 hef.
ψcp,N is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,

ψcp,N equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 hef/cac) using the value for hef input by the user
and the value for cac given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
It compares this calculation to (ca,min/cac) where ca,min is the smallest edge
distance < 1.5 hef for the connection. The value for ψcp,N shown in the Design
Report equals:
MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (1.5 hef/cac)} ≤ 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout

The calculated value for ψcp,N is shown in the Calculations section of the
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked anchorage.

Calculations — ψec1,N
⎧ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4: Equation (D-9) ψec1,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
1 ⎫
ψec1,N = ∣ ________∣ eccentricity in the x-direction.
∣ 2 eN' ∣
____
∣ ∣
⎩ 1 + 3 hef ⎭ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section
value for ψec1,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ψec1,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ψec directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing
value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the “enter” key to set the
new value.

Calculations — ψec1,N (continued)

length and width.
loads.


Calculations — ψec2,N
⎧ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 Equation (D-9) ψec2,N is the modification factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
1 ⎫
ψec2,N = ∣ ________∣ eccentricity in the y-direction.
∣ 2 eN' ∣
____
∣ ∣
⎩ 1 + 3 hef ⎭ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-9) in the Equations section
value for ψec2,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ψec2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
Anchor spacing values used to calculate ψec2,N can be input directly on the


length and width.


loads.

Calculations — ψed,N
⎧ ca,min ⎫ ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11 ) ψed,N is the modification factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ψed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 ∣______∣
⎩1.5 hef ⎭ ψed,N is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (ca,min) is < 1.5 hef.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
calculated value for ψed,N in the Calculations section of the Concrete

Results — Ncb
Ncb ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-4) for a single anchor Ncb corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
⎛ A ⎞ calculates Ncb per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-4) using the calculated
Ncb = ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ ψed,Nψc,Nψcp,N Nb values for ANc, ANc0, ψed,N, ψcp,N, Nb shown in the Calculations section of the
⎝ ANc0 ⎠ Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the value for ψc,N
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
The result of the calculation for Ncb is shown in the Results section of the
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results — Ncbg
Ncbg ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-5 ) for a group of anchors Ncbg corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group
of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors. PROFIS
⎛ A ⎞ Anchor calculates Ncbg per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-5) using the
Ncbg = ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ ψec,Nψed,Nψc,N ψcp,N Nb calculated values for ANc, ANc0, ψec,N, ψed,N, ψcp,N, Nb shown in the Calculations
⎝ ANc0 ⎠ section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using
the value for ψc,N shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The result of the calculation for Ncbg is shown in the Results section of the
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results — ΦNcb
ΦNcb Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength
Design according to ACI 318-08.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout
Strength for a single anchor as ΦNcb and shows this value in the Results
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

Φconcrete * Ncb for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete * Φseismic * Φnonductile * Ncb for seismic conditions.


Results — ΦNcbg
ΦNcbg Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
Strength for a group of anchors as ΦNcbg and shows this value in the Results
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

Φconcrete * Ncbg for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete * Φseismic * Φnonductile * Ncbg for seismic conditions.

Results — Nua
Nua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored

ACI 318-08.



shear.


The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength
in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
number of anchors that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension
load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Concrete Breakout Strength
indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the total factored tension load
acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNcb ≥ Nua or ΦNcbg ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If
the value for ΦNcb or ΦNcbg shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of
the Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”, the
note “OK” will appear under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening
meets the design criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report if
all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are ≥ the
corresponding value for Nua or Vua respectively.
If the value for ΦNcb or ΦNcbg is < Nua, the note “not recommended” will
appear under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening does not meet
the design criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting
on the anchors in the connection as defined above. ΦNn corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (ΦNcb or ΦNcbg) as defined above.
Results — Φconcrete
Φconcrete cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii
post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor
c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face
blowout, pullout, or pryout strength
Condition A Condition B
i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70

II) Tension loads
Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
Post-installed anchors corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in tension as Φconcrete. The value
with category as determined for Φconcrete is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
from ACI 355.2
design parameters.
Category 1 0.75 0.65
(low sensitivity When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits
to installation and
high reliability)
selection of Φconcrete values based on either Condition A or Condition B as
given in D.4.4.c.ii.
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)

Results — Φconcrete (continued)

Post-installed anchor values for Φconcrete are determined via testing. Condition
B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is
reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary
ESR-2322 for reinforcement specific to the anchors.
HIT-RE 500-SD
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report
for the anchor will show Φconcrete values corresponding to Condition B.
Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

verified that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,
and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity
associated with Condition A.
Post-installed anchor Condition A Φconcrete factors may be included in the

Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS
Anchor will use the Condition A values for Φconcrete given in D.4.4.c.ii.
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B Φconcrete factors

D.4.4c.ii when calculating the following Design Strengths:
Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement
is present except for pullout and pryout strength. • ΦconcreteNpn — pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors
• ΦconcreteNpn,f´c — pullout strength for mechanical anchors

D.4.4c.ii
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength. mechanical and adhesive post-installed
anchors

Results — Φseismic
Φseismic ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to

seismic conditions as Φseismic. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor
design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for
structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.
Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information
about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.

D.3.3.3 — The anchor design strength associated
with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75ΦNn Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if
Φseismic = 0.75 and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design
Nn and Vn are determined in accordance with D.5.2, icon in yellow.
D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete
PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design
is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the
Strengths.
concrete remains uncracked.
Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength

design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
Φseismic = 0.75.
When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show
Φseismic .

Φnonductile ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defined in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 as Φnonductile. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding
to non-ductile failure modes.
D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it
shall be permitted to take the design strength of the For tension calculations, these modes include:
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined
•N
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design • Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
strength determined in accoudance with D.3.3.3. • Nominal Pullout Strength

•N
• Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy
seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design
icon in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for Φnonductile
ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when
inputting values for Φnonductile different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI
318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to
the D.3.3.6 value of Φnonductile = 0.4 if no specific value is input by the user.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Concrete

Tension — Pullout Strength — Mechanical Anchors
Equations — Npn,f´c
√
Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specific Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single
f´c
______
Npn,f´c = Np,2500 ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. mechanical anchor. This equation is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
2500 Report for the anchor.
The Design Report shows Npn,f'c in the Equations section of the Pullout
Strength design parameters and the calculation results for Npn,f'c in the
Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
Equations — ΦNpn,f´c versus Nua

ΦNpn,f'c ≥ Nua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-1)
Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored

ACI 318-08.


Variables — f´c
f'c f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the portfolio for post-
installed anchors are:
2500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8000 psi.
Reference the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specific f'c values.
The Design Report shows f'c in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
value.
Variables — Np,2500
Np,2500
The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a mechanical anchor will provide
pullout values derived from testing in 2500 psi concrete that are specific to an
anchor diameter, embedment depth, concrete condition and load condition.
PROFIS Anchor designates this value as Np,2500.
Designations for Np,2500 that are given in the Evaluation Service Report
correspond to concrete conditions and/or load conditions. Examples of these
designations are:
Np,cr for the static pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete
Np,uncr for the static pullout load in 2500 psi uncracked concrete
Np,seis for the seismic pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete.
PROFIS Anchor uses the designation Np,2500 to generically define the pullout
value for 2500 psi concrete given in the Evaluation Service Report. However,
the pullout value used in calculations will be specific to cracked concrete,
uncracked concrete or seismic conditions based on the parameters input
by the user. The Design Report shows Np,2500 in the Variables section of the
Pullout Strength design parameters.

Variables — Np,2500 (continued)

If pullout is not a controlling condition for a given set of parameters, no value

for Np,xxxx is given in the Evaluation Service Report and “NA” will be shown.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report will likewise show “NA” for Pullout
Strength in the summary given in Part 3, Tension Load.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform pullout calculations for applications

involving concrete on metal deck. Bond Strength is calculated in lieu of
Pullout Strength when designing adhesive anchors.
Variables — ψc,p
ψc,p ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 ψc,p is the Pullout Strength modification factor for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates ψc,p for cast-in-place anchors
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions have been selected via the Base Material tab.
The Design Report shows ψc,p in the Variables section of the Pullout
ψc,p will always be shown = 1.0 for mechanical anchors because cracked or
uncracked concrete conditions are accounted for via the Np,2500 value.

Calculations — √ (f´c ÷ 2500)

√
Refer to the specific ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. The value (f'c / 2500)0.5 is used to normalize the value for pullout strength
f´c
______ given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, which corresponds to pullout
2500 of a single mechanical anchor in 2500 psi concrete, with the concrete
compressive strength being used in the anchor design.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows (f'c / 2500)0.5 in the Calculations
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in the
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio for post-installed anchors are: 2500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8000 psi. Reference
the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specific f'c values.
value.
design parameters.

Results — Npn,f'c
Npn,f'c Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specific Calculated value for the Nominal Pullout Strength of a single mechanical
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. anchor. Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
√ f´c The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to calculate
Npn,f´c = Np,2500 ______
2500 Npn,f'c in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and
the calculated value for Npn,f'c in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Results — Nua
Nua ACI 318-08, Part Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor users select
Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting
and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection

can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and
entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking
on the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.


The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the factored loads input by the
user in Part 1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load
value that includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions
assume that the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in
ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides
information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and
compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in
Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS
Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part

3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNpn,f'c ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If the value
for ΦNpn,f'c shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of the Design
Report is ≥ the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”, the note
“OK” will appear under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening
If the value for ΦNpn,f'c is ≤ Nua, the note “not recommended” will appear
under the heading “Status. The statement “Fastening does not meet the
design criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. ΦNn corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(ΦNpn,f'c) for a single anchor as defined above.

Results — ΦNpn,f'c
ΦNpn,f'c ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single mechanical anchor equals the
product of:
Φconcrete * Φseismic * Φnonductile * Npn,f'c.


Φconcrete The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as Φconcrete. The value for Φconcrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
reasonable to assume that concrete does not include supplementary
reinforcement specific to the anchors.


Anchor will use the Condition A values for Φconcrete given in D.4.4.c.ii.
D.4.4.c.ii when calculating the following Design Strengths:
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths. • ΦconcreteNpn — pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors
• ΦconcreteNpn,f'c — pullout strength for mechanical anchors
D.4.4.c.ii • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement mechanical and adhesive post-installed
is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength. anchors


D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it •N
shall be permitted to take the design strength of the definition of “ductile steel element” given in Part D.1.
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud • Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design • Nominal Pullout Strength
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design • Nominal Bond Strength
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.

•N
•S
icon in yellow.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.


D.3.3.3 — The anchor design strength associated Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.
is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design
concrete remains uncracked. Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.
The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic.

Tension — Pullout Strength — Cast-In-Place Anchors
Equations — NP = 8Abrgf´c
NP = 8Abrgf'c ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) Equation used to calculate “the pullout strength in tension of a single headed
stud or headed bolt (Np) for use in EQ. (D-14).” The PROFIS Anchor Design
Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for Np in the Calculations
Equations — NPn = ψc,PNP

NPn = ψc,PNP ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14) Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-
place anchor.
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for Npn in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are not
included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Equations — ΦNpn ≥ Nua

ΦNpn ≥ Nua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on “Strength Design according to
ACI 318-08”.


Variables — Abrg
Abrg ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) Abrg corresponds to the “net bearing area” of the head of a stud or anchor
bolt. It is used in EQ. (D-15) to calculate Np for cast-in-place anchors. Values
of Abrg corresponding to the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the software internal database.
The Design Report shows Abrg in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Variables — f'c
f'c ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) f'c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'c included in the portfolio for cast-
in-place anchors range as follows:
2000 psi < f'c < 10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5).
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom Value for
compressive strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the
desired value in the Compressive strength box. Click the “Enter” key to set
the new value.
design parameters.
Variables — ψc,p
ψc,p ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 ψc,p is the Pullout Strength modification factor for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates ψc,p for cast-in-place anchors
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions are assumed.
ψc,p = 1.0 if cracked concrete conditions are assumed
ψc,p = 1.4 if uncracked concrete conditions are assumed
The Design Report shows ψc,p in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its
tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and
distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection
of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased anchorage.
displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels
will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors
i

Calculations — NP
NP ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) Equation used to calculate “the pullout strength in tension of a single headed
stud or headed bolt (Np) for use in EQ. (D-14).” The PROFIS Anchor Design
NP = 8Abrgf'c Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for Np in the Calculations

Results — Npn
Npn ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14) Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-
place anchor.
Npn = ψc,PNP
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for Npn in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are
not included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Results — Nua
Nua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1)


entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on
the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.


includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, Nua corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNpn ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If the value for
ΦNpn shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of the Design Report is ≥
the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”, the note “OK” will appear
criteria !” will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
If the value for ΦNpn is < Nua, the note “not recommended” will appear under
criteria !” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. ΦNn corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(ΦNpn) for a single anchor as defined above.

Results — ΦNpn
ΦNpn ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-place anchor equals the
product of:
Φconcrete * Φseismic * Φnonductile * Npn.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as ΦNpn in the Results

blowout, pullout, or pryout strength The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as Φconcrete. The value for Φconcrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
II) Tension loads
When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits
Cast-in headed studs, selection of Φconcrete values based on either Condition A or Condition B as
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70
given in D.4.4.c.ii.
Post-installed anchors
with category as determined
from ACI 355.2

(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)


D.4.4.c.ii
when calculating the following Design Strengths:
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths. • ΦconcreteNpn — pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors
• ΦconcreteNpn,f'c — pullout strength for mechanical anchors
D.4.4.c.ii • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength. anchors
D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it For tension calculations, these modes include:
shall be permitted to take the design strength of the •N
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined definition of “ductile steel element” given in Part D.1.
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design • Nominal Pullout Strength
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3. • Nominal Bond Strength

•N
•S
icon in yellow.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.


concrete remains uncracked. Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes

design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic.

Tension — Bond Strength —
Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ANa
ANa ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 ANa is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as “the projected area of the
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors”. It corresponds to the
area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. ANa is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifically, ANa is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 hef in the illustration with ccr,Na and replacing the term 3.0 hef with
scr,Na.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. The term
(scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ANa in the Equations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANa in the
Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate
ANa directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value.

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ANa0
ANa0 ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
ANa0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as “the projected area of the
failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges”. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from
the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any influence from edges or
anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANa0 as illustrated in ACI 318-08,
Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (ccr,Na) in lieu of
1.5 hef, where ccr,Na equals the critical spacing (scr,Na) divided by 2.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0.

The term (scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for ANa0 in the Calculations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations — Ccr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) ccr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the “critical edge distance”
Scr,Na
Ccr,Na = _____ and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
2 anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ccr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).

The illustration to the left shows how ccr,Na is calculated.
ccr,Na = (scr,Na / 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ccr,Na in the
Equations — Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (Na ) for a single adhesive
⎛ A ⎞ anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16a) in the
Na = ⎜ ____
Na
⎜ ψed,Naψp,NaNa0 Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
A
⎝ Na0 ⎠

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — Na0
Na0 = τκ,xxxxκbondπdhef ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f) Na0 is defined as the “basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension”.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modified version of ICC-ES
AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modified version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the κ-factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Na0 in the Calculations
Equations — Nag
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16b) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (Nag) for a group of
⎛ A ⎞ adhesive anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16b) in
Nag = ⎜ ____
Na
⎜ ψed,Naψg,Naψec,Naψp,NaNa0 the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
⎝ ANa0 ⎠
Equations — ΦNa or ΦNag versus Nua

ΦNa or ΦNag ≥ Nua


Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψec,Na
⎧ ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j) ψec,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
1 ⎫
ψec,Na = ∣ ________∣ ecccentrically in tension. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
∣ 2 eN' ∣
∣ 1 + ____ ∣ EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
⎩ scr,Na ⎭ parameters, and the calculated value for ψec,Na in the Calculations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing

parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the
resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that
are in tension is determined via these calculations.
Anchor spacing parameters used to calculate ψec,Na can be input directly

on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value,
highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the “enter” key to set the new
value.

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψec,Na (continued)

value. Click the “enter”" key to set the new value.
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

Adhesive Anchors

loads.

Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.
It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the
magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of
the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated
neutral axis.
Equations — ψed,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m) ψed,Na is the adhesive anchor tension modification factor for edge effects.
⎛ c ⎞
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 ⎜ _____
a,min
⎜ ψed,Na is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
c
⎝ cr,Na ⎠ edge distance (ca,min) is < ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for ψed,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations — ψg,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)
⎡⎛ s ⎞0.5 ⎤
ψg,Na = ψg,Na0 + ⎜ ⎜ ______
avg
⎜ ⁎ (1– ψg,Na0) ⎜
⎣ ⎝ Scr,Na ⎠ ⎦
ψg,Na is defined in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modification factor
for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
elements, their embedment, the adhesive, and the concrete when a tension
load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the influence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
influence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for
ψg,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψgNa (continued)

⎡⎛ s ⎞0.5 ⎤
ψg,Na = ψg,Na0 + ⎜ ⎜ ______
avg
⎜ ⁎ (1– ψg,Na0) ⎜ PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value “s” shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
⎣ ⎝ Scr,Na ⎠ ⎦ ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
PROFIS Anchor determines the average anchor spacing using the spacing
values that have been input for the connection. Average spacing is
designated savg in the Design Report. savg is shown in the Variables section of
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.
Equations — ψg,Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h) ψg,Na0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to
⎡ ⎛ t ⎞1.5 ⎤ calculate ψg,Na.
ψg,Na0 = √n – ⎜ (√n –1) ⁎ ⎜ _________
k,xxxx
⎜ ⎜ ≥ 1.0
⎣ ⎝ tk,max,xxxxx ⎠ ⎦ The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for ψg,Na0 in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension. PROFIS

Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing parameters
and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the resultant load
distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that are in tension is
determined via these calculations.

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψg,Na0 (continued)

Spacing parameters used to determine the number of anchors in tension can

be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the “enter”
key to set the new value.

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψg,Na0 (continued)

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.

neutral axis.
Once the anchors that are in tension have been determined, the value for n
can be determined. The Design Report shows the value for n in the Variables

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — ψp,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p) ψp,Na is the modification factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
⎧ c ccr,Na ⎫ tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
ψp,Na = MAXIMUM ⎨ _____
a,min
; _____ ⎬ splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
⎩ cac cac ⎭ uncracked concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of ccr,Na.
ψp,Na is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

PROFIS Anchor calculates (ccr,Na/cac) based on the value calculated for scr,Na
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions and the value for cac given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service It compares this calculation to (ca,min/cac) where ca,min is the smallest edge
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of distance < ccr,Na for the connection.
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural The value for ψp,Na shown in the Design Report equals:
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (ccr,Na/cac)} ≤ 1.0.
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- EQ. (D-16p) is shown in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced parameters, and the calculated value for ψp,Na shown in the Calculations
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading. Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
anchorage.
Equations — Scr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) scr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the “critical spacing”. It
scr,Na = 20d0
√ τκ,uncr
_ _____
1450
≤ 3 hef corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates scr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the “characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete” (τκ,uncr).
scr,Na is limited to a maximum value of 3 hef.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for scr,Na in the

Adhesive Anchors
Equations — τκ,max
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i) τκ,max,xxxx is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
kc,xxxx calculate ψg,Na0.
τκ,max,c = _____ √hef ⁎ f´c
π⁎d
Nb = Na0 τκ,max is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (Nb) equal
to the basic bond strength (Na0), then solving for the characteristic bond
⎫
⎬
⎭
⎫
⎬
⎭
kc √f´c hef1.5 = τk,max,c πd hef strength (τκ,max,c). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between
concrete breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling
condition.
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service The value used for τκ,max,xxxx depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of (τκ,max,cr) or uncracked concrete conditions (τκ,max,uncr) are assumed.
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post- concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced the anchorage.
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over τκ,max,xxxx in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — ca,min
ca,min ca,min corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
ca,min values for adhesive anchors are determined via testing and published in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specific to the anchor.
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the ca,min value
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation

torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service

Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-
SD.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — ca,min (continued)

Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in ≤ edge distance < ca,min
PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than ca,min in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the ca,min values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < ca,min are therefore outside the range of ca,min. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signified their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < ca,min is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.

to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances.

Adhesive Anchors

Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
ca,min. The Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables section of the Bond
The edge distance parameters used to calculate ca,min can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,
Variables — cac
cac cac corresponds to the “critical edge distance required to develop the
basic concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked
concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting”. cac is
determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report specific to an anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
cac in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — da
da da corresponds to the anchor nominal thread diameter. PROFIS Achor users
can select an adhesive anchor diameter via the anchor portfolio given in the
Filter Pane.
Click on the View tab then check the box for Filter Pane to view the anchor
portfolios. The Filter Pane is shown on the left side of the main screen.
A 3/4" Diameter ISO 898-1, Class 5.8 Select an anchor type and diameter using the drop down that appears. The
threaded rod has been selected for Design Report shows da in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
use with the HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD parameters.
adhesive anchor system.
Variables — e´c1,N
e´c1,N The value for e´c1,N corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows e´c1,N in the Variables section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — e´c1,N (continued)

The spacing parameters used to calculate e´c1,N can be input directly on the

Adhesive Anchors

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e´c1,N).
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

resultant load calculations

Adhesive Anchors

x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e´c1,N corresponds
ψec,Na = modification for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (Nag).
e´c1,N is defined as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
4.247 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +x direction.
The tension ecccentricity in the x-direction (e´c1,N) = 1.247 in.

y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as e´c1,N. The Design Report shows e´c1,N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e´c2,N . The value for e´c2,N equals the distance in the y-direction between the
Variables — e´c2,N
e´c2,N e´c2,N corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows e´c2,N in the Variables section of
PROFIS Anchor determines e´c2,N using the factored loads, anchor spacing
tension. This permits a determination of e´c2,N and the subsequent calculation
of ψec2,Na.
value.

Adhesive Anchors

The spacing parameters used to calculate e´c2,N can be input directly on the
and input the desired value.
NOTE: P

Adhesive Anchors

NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.

neutral axis.
The value for e´c2,N corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows e´c2N in the Variables section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e´c2,N).

Adhesive Anchors

The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5

x-direction and 12 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e´c2,N corresponds
strength (Ncbg).
e´c2,N is defined as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension ecccentricity in the y-direction (e´c2,N ) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction is
denoted as e´c2,N. The Design Report shows e´c2,N in the Variables section of
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as

e´c1,N . The value for e´c1,N equals the distance in the x-direction between the

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — f´c
f´c f´c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f´c values in PROFIS Anchor is as
D.3.5 — The value of f´c used for calclation purposes follows
cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 10000 psi
in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
Testing is required for post-installed anchors when post-installed anchors: 2500 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 8000 psi
used in concrete with f´c greater than 8,000 psi.
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specific to each
post-installed anchor.
Users input a value for f´c by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking
value.
Variables — hef
hef ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 hef is defined as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This
corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables section of the
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.13 Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors

PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors
The 4* diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for
some anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and
corresponds to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive
anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20* diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum

embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
1.2.2.4
The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.
corresponds to: The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside
[4d0 : 20d0] the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth
calculations.
main screen.
value.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — κbond
κbond κbond is a generic designation PROFIS Anchor uses for the factor that is
applied when calculating Na0. It pertains to installation conditions with respect
to the drilled hole in the concrete. Values for κ-factors are derived from
testing and are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive
anchor.
κ-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report are designated:

• κws for water saturated concrete
• κwf for a water-filled hole
• κuw for an underwater application.
No κ-factor is applied for dry concrete hole conditions. The Design Report
shows values for κbond corresponding to the relevant hole condition in the
Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Variables — kc,xxx
κc,xxx kc,xxxx is the coefficient for basic concrete breakout strength in tension. When
calculating Design Bond Strength, kc,xxxx is used to calculate τk,max,xxxx, which in
turn, is used to calculate the group modification factor ψg,Na0.
kc,xxxx is derived from testing, is specific to cracked concrete or uncracked

concrete conditions, and is specific to a particular anchor.
kc,xxxx values for adhesive anchors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluaton Service
Report for that anchor. The Design Report shows kc,xxxx in the Variables
Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base

Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are anchorage.
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — n
n The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension, and is
used to calculate the group modification factor ψg,Na0, which is defined by
EQ. (D-16h) in ICC-ES AC308 Part D.5.3.10.

resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors
that are in tension is determined via these calculations. The Design Report
shows the value for n in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
Spacing parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — n (continued)
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.

neutral axis.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — savg
savg ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10, EQ. (D-16g) PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value “s” shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
The Design Report designates this value savg and shows it in the Variables
PROFIS Anchor determines savg as follows for anchor groups > 4-anchors:
• calculate the average of the x-direction spacing and y-direction spacing
for adjacent anchors.
• calculate the average spacing for the anchor group by summing the
averages for each set of x/y values.
For the example shown at the left, savg would be calculated as follows if all of
the anchors are in tension:
• savg1 = (8 in + 10 in )/2 = 9 in; savg2 = (8 in + 6 in)/2 = 7 in
• savg,total = (9 in + 7 in) / 2 = 8 in
If some anchors in the connection are in tension and some in compression,

savg is calculated based on the tension anchor spacing.
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.

Adhesive Anchors
Variables — τk,uncr
τk,uncr
τk,uncr corresponds to the charateristic bond strength in uncracked concrete.
Calculation of the critical spacing (scr,Na) always uses τk,uncr regardless of

whether or not uncracked concrete conditions are assumed.
τk,uncr is derived from testing and will be given in the adhesive anchor
Evaluation Service Report.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows values for τk,uncr in the Variables
Variables — τk,xxxx
τk,xxxx τk,xxxx corresponds to the characteristic bond strength for either cracked (τk,cr)
or uncracked (τk,uncr) concrete. τk,xxxx is determined via testing and values
corresponding to the relevant concrete condition are given in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.
The Design Report shows values for τk,xxxx corresponding to the relevant
concrete condition in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ANa
ANa
ANa is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as “the projected area of the
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors”. It corresponds to the
area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. ANa is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifically, ANa is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 hef in the illustration with ccr,Na and replacing the term 3.0 hef with
scr,Na.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. The term
(scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ANa in the Equations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for ANa in the
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value. Click the
“enter” key to set the new value.

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ANa0
ANa0 ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
ANa0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as “the projected area of the
failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges ”.
It corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
from the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any influence from
edges or anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates ANa0 as illustrated in
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (ccr,Na) in
lieu of 1.5 hef, where ccr,Na equals the critical spacing (scr,Na) divided by 2.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANao.

The term (scr,Na / 2) equals ccr,Na.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for ANa0 in the Calculations
Calculations — ccr,Na
ccr,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) ccr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the “critical edge distance”
and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates ccr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).
The illustration to the left shows how ccr,Na is calculated. ccr,Na = (scr,Na / 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ccr,Na in the
Calculations — Na0
Na0 ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f) Na0 is defined as the “basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension”.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modified version of ICC-ES
Na0 = τk,xxxx κbond π d hef AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modified version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the κ-factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for Na0 in the Calculations

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψec1,Na
ψec1,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j) ψec1,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the x-direction. The PROFIS
⎧ 1 ⎫
ψec,Na = ∣ ________ ∣ Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
∣ 2 e
____ ∣∣´ Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ψec1,Na in the
∣ N
⎩ 1 + scr,Na ⎭ Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

The spacing parameters used to calculate ψec1,Na can be input directly on the

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψec1,Na (continued)

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

Adhesive Anchors
ψec2,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j) ψec2,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the y-direction. The PROFIS
⎧ 1 ⎫
ψec,Na = ∣ ________ ∣ Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
∣ 2 e
____ ∣∣´ Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ψec2,Na in the
∣ N
⎩ 1 + scr,Na ⎭ Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

The spacing parameters used to calculate ψec2,Na can be input directly on the

Adhesive Anchors

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψed,Na
ψed,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m) ψed,Na is the adhesive anchor tension modification factor for edge effects.
ψed,Na is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
edge distance (ca,min) is < ccr,Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for ψed,Na in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Calculations — ψg,Na
ψg,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g) ψg,Na is defined in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modification factor
for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
⎡⎛ s ⎞0.5 ⎤ is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
ψg,Na = ψg,Na0 + ⎜ ⎜ ______
avg
⎜ ⁎ (1– ψg,Na0) ⎜ elements, their embedment, the adhesive and the concrete when a tension
S
⎣ ⎝ cr,Na ⎠ ⎦ load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the influence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
influence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for ψg,Na in the
Calculations — ψg,Na0
ψg,Na0 ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)
ψg,Na0 is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to
1.5 calculate ψg,Na.
⎡ ⎛ t ⎞ ⎤
ψg,Na0 = √n – ⎜ (√n –1) ⁎ ⎜ _________
k,xxxx
⎜ ⎜ ≥ 1.0 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
⎣ ⎝ tk,max,xxxxx ⎠ ⎦ section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for ψg,Na0 in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψg,Na0 (continued)

The variable n contained in EQ. (D-16h) represents the number of adhesive

anchors in tension. PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load
parameters, spacing parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user
to determine the resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number
of anchors that are in tension is determined via these calculations.
The spacing parameters used to calculate ψg,Na0 can be input directly on the

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψg,Na0 (continued)

value. Click the “enter”" key to set the new value.
NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
loads.

neutral axis.

Adhesive Anchors
Calculations — ψp,Na
ψp,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)
⎧ c ccr,Na ⎫ ψp,Na is the modification factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
ψp,Na = MAXIMUM ⎨ _____
a,min
; ______ ⎬ tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
⎩ cac cac ⎭ splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
uncracked concrete. cac is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of ccr,Na.
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, ψp,Na is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic anchorage.
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
Calculations — scr,Na
scr,Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) scr,Na is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the “critical spacing”. It
corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates scr,Na per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the “characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete“ (τk,uncr).
scr,Na is limited to a maximum value of 3 hef.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for scr,Na in the
Calculations — τk,max,xxxx
τk,max,xxxx ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i) τk,max,xxxx is defined in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
calculate ψg,Na0.
Nb = Na0
τk,max is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (Nb) equal to
⎫
⎬
⎭
⎫
⎬
⎭
kc √f´c hef1.5 = τk,max,c πd hef the basic bond strength (Na0), then solving for the characteristic bond strength
(τk,max,c). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between concrete
breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling condition.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile The value used for τk,max,xxxx depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution (τk,max,cr) or uncracked concrete conditions (τk,max,uncr) are assumed.
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete the anchorage.
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading. section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
τk,max,xxxx in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters..
Adhesive Anchors
Results — αN,seis
αN,seis reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor αN,seis is a multiplier that is applied to Na or Nag when designing adhesive
anchors “for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
F”. Values for αN,seis are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
anchor.
Click on the icon titled Seismic design.
PROFIS Anchor will apply the value for αN,seis given in the ESR for the anchor
to the calculated value for Na or Nag.

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; PROFIS Anchor calculations for Na
and Nag include the value for αN,seis.

design for Seismic Design Category A or B; PROFIS Anchor calculations for
Na and Nag do not include the value for αN,seis.
The value for αN,seis is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
Results — Na
Na ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16a) for a single adhesive anchor Na corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates Na per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a)
⎛ A ⎞ using the calculated values for ANa, ANa0, ψed,Na, ψp,Na, Na0 shown in the
Na = ⎜ ____
Na
⎜ ψed,Naψp,NaNa0 Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
A
⎝ Na0 ⎠ The result of the calculation for Na is shown in the Results section of the
Bond Strength design parameters.
Results — Nag
Nag ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16b) for an adhesive anchor group Nag corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates Nag per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7
⎛ A ⎞ EQ. (D-16b) using the calculated values for ANa, ANa0, ψed,Na, ψg,Na, ψec,Na,
Nag = ⎜ ____
Na
⎜ ψed,Naψg,Naψec,Naψp,NaNa0 ψp,Na, Na0 shown in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design
⎝ ANa0 ⎠ parameters.
The result of the calculation for Nag is shown in the Results section of the
Bond Strength design parameters.

Adhesive Anchors
Results — Nua
Nua
Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.

Adhesive Anchors


shear.
compression loads acting on the connection.
This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of

the Design Report.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to
be in compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Bond Strength in Part 3.

Tension Load and in the Results section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Bond Strength, Nua corresponds
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that
are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a double
asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that are
determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNa ≥ Nua or ΦNag ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If the
value for ΦNa or ΦNag shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of the
Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”", the
If the value for ΦNa or ΦNag is < Nua, the note “not recommended” will appear
under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening does not meet the
design criteria !” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Bond
Strength, Nua corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
anchors in the connection as described above. ΦNn corresponds to the
Design Bond Strength (ΦNa or ΦNag) as defined above.

Adhesive Anchors
Results — ΦαN,seisNa
ΦαN,seisNa ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor equals the product of:
Φbond ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ αN,seis ⁎ Na.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as Φ αN,seis Na in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.


Results — ΦαN,seisNag
ΦαN,seisNag ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a group of adhesive anchors equals the
product of: Φbond ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ αN,seis ⁎ Nag.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as Φ αN,seis Nag in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.



Adhesive Anchors
Results — Φbond
Φbond
Φbond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the reduction factor applied to the
Nominal Bond Strength to obtain the Design Bond Strength. Values for Φbond
are determined via testing.
The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
adhesive anchor will show Φbond values corresponding to various installation
conditions.

Adhesive Anchors

icon in yellow.
Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75ΦNn
Φseismic = 0.75 and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and
Nn and Vn are determined in accordance with D.5.2,
The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.

Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic .

Adhesive Anchors
D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it to non-ductile failure modes.
shall be permitted to take the design strength of the
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined For tension calculations, these modes include:
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud •N
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design definition of “ductile steel element” given in Part D.1.

•N
•S
icon in yellow.

Tension — Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors
Equations — αcorner
αcorner is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor multiplied by
⎛ ca2 ⎞ side-face blowout for a single anchor (Nsb) when the anchor is influenced by
⎜1 + ___ ⎜ corner geometry.
⎝ ca1 ⎠
αcorner = ________ This factor is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1:
4 “If ca2 for the single headed anchor is less than 3ca1 , the value of Nsb shall
be multiplied by the factor
⎛ ca2 ⎞
⎜1 + ___ ⎜
⎝ ca1 ⎠
αcorner = ________
4
where 1.0 ≤ ca2/ca1 ≤ 3.0.”
αcorner is only calculated for a single anchor. It is not calculated when

determining side-face blowout for a group of anchors (Nsbg).
The Design Report shows the equation for αcorner in the Equations section of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for αcorner
in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
Equations — αgroup
⎛ s ⎞
αgroup = ⎜1 +____ ⎜
⎝ 6c a1 ⎠
Only those anchors in tension
near an edge are considered αgroup is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor used to
when calculating Nsbg. calculate side-face blowout for a group of anchors (Nsbg).
This factor corresponds to the influence of anchor spacing as defined in ACI

318-08, Part D.5.4.2:
“multiple headed anchors with deep embedment close to an edge

(hef > 2.5 ca1) and anchor spacing less than 6 ca1.”
PROFIS Anchor multiplies αgroup times the value calculated for side-face
blowout for a single anchor (Nsb) to obtain the side-face blowout for a group
of anchors (Nsbg).
The Design Report shows the equation for αgroup in the Equations sections of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for αgroup
in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

Equations — Nsb
Nsb = 160 αcorner ca1 √Abrg λ √f´c ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
Nsb corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 defines “deep embedment close to an edge” as:
hef > 2.5 ca1
where hef is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and
ca1 is defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for Nsb in the Equations
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value
for Nsb in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective
embedment depth (hef) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a
maximum value of:
main screen.
and input an appropriate value for hef.

Equations — Nsbg
Nsbg = αgroup Nsb ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)
Nsbg corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-
place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
When calculating Nsbg, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for Nsbg shall
Only those anchors in then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
tension near an edge be acting on the anchors near the edge.
are considered when
Refer to the illustration to the left.
calculating Nsbg.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for Nsbg in the
Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the
calculated value for Nsbg in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
Only those anchors in

tension near an edge are
considered when calculating The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
Nsbg.
D.5.4.1 defines “deep embedment close to an edge” as: hef > 2.5 ca1 where
hef is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and ca1 is
defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
Equations — ΦNsb or ΦNsbg versus Nua

ΦNsb or ΦNsbg ≥ Nua


Variables — Abrg
Abrg ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17) Abrg is the net bearing area of a headed stud or headed bolt that is used to
calculate Nsb.
Abrg values for the cast-in-place anchors are contained in the internal
database of PROFIS Anchor.
The Design Report shows Abrg in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
Variables — ca1
ca1 ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 ca1 is the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. It is used in
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 the equations for Nsb, αcorner and αgroup.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate ca1 directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.

Variables — ca2
ca2 ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1
ca2 is the edge distance perpendicular to the minimum edge distance (ca1) for
those anchors in tension. It is used in the equation for αcorner.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca2 in the Variables section of the
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate ca2 directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.
Variables — f´c
f´c f´c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The values for f´c included for cast-in-place
anchors range as follows:
2000 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5)
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the “enter” key to set the new
value.
The Design Report shows f´c in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.

Variables — s
s
s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension.
s is used to calculate the factor (1 + s/6ca1) which PROFIS Anchor designates

as αgroup.
Only those anchors in tension When calculating Nsbg, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension
near an edge are considered that are near an edge shall be considered.
when calculating Nsbg.
The Design Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
s = 8 in + 6 in When 3 or more anchors are considered in the calculation, the value for s
calculated by PROFIS Anchor equals the sum of the anchor spacings near
the concrete edge.
Users can input the spacing parameters used to calculate αgroup directly on
the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the “enter” key to set the new value.

Calculations — αgroup
αgroup
PROFIS Anchor designates the factor (1 + s/6ca1) as αgroup.
ca1 is defined as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. The
Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout
Only those anchors in tension design parameters.
near an edge are considered s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension. The Design
when calculating Nsbg. Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout design
parameters.
that are near an edge shall be considered.
Calculations — αcorner
αcorner ACI 318-08 - Part D.5.4.1
Nsb is multiplied by the factor (1+ca2/ca1)/4 when a single cast-in-place anchor

is located in a corner. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor αcorner.
⎛ ca2 ⎞
⎜1 + ___ ⎜ Use of αcorner is contingent on ca2 being < 3ca1 ,where ca1 is the minimum
⎝ ca1 ⎠ edge distance for those anchors in tension and ca2 is the edge distance
αcorner = ________ perpendicular to ca1. Values for ca1 and ca2 in are shown in the Variables
4 section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
αcorner = 1.0 when calculating Nsbg for a group of anchors.

Results — Nsb
Nsb ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
Nsb corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place

anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for Nsb in the
calculated value for Nsb in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

Results — Nsbg
Nsbg ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18) Nsbg corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-
place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for Nsbg shall
Only those anchors in then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
tension near an edge be acting on the anchors near the edge.
are considered when Refer to the illustration to the left.
calculating Nsbg.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-18) for Nsbg in the
calculated value for Nsbg in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
Only those anchors in tension

near an edge are considered
when calculating Nsbg. The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
maximum value of:
main screen.

Results — Nsbg (continued)

Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth and
input an appropriate value for hef. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.
Results — Nua
Nua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1)

Service Load (Nua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Nua as the "factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors". Users users select Strength
Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking
on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.

entering a value.


includes the factors.
PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads
input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength

in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
Strength design parameters. Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk
(**) next to Side-Face Blowout Strength. This indicates that the value for
Nua pertains to the factored tension load acting on the anchors nearest the
concrete edge that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦNsb ≥ Nua or ΦNsbg ≥ Nua must be satisfied. If
the value for ΦNsb or ΦNsbg shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 3 of
the Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Nua under the heading “Load”, the
If the value for ΦNsb or ΦNsbg is < Nua, the note “not recommended” will
appear under the heading “Status”. The statement “Fastening does not meet
the design criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Nua / ΦNn. When evaluating Side-Face
Blowout Strength, Nua corresponds to the factored tension load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. ΦNn corresponds to the
Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (ΦNsb or ΦNsbg) as defined above.

Results — ΦNsb
ΦNsb ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a single anchor equals
the product of:
Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile⁎ Nsb.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as ΦNsb in the Results
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors”. Users select Strength

Results — ΦNsbg
ΦNsbg ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a group of anchors
equals the product of:
Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile⁎ (αgroup*Nsb).
The PA2 Design Report shows this value as ΦNsbg in the Results section of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.

force applied to an anchor or group of anchors”. Users select Strength



II) Tension loads
Cast-in headed studs, The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70 corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength as Φconcrete. The value for
Φconcrete is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout Strength
with category as determined design parameters.
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity selection of Φconcrete values based on either Condition A or Condition B as
to installation and given in D.4.4.c.ii.
high reliability)

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
D.4.4c.ii Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B Φconcrete factors
Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement when calculating the following Design Strengths:
is present except for pullout and pryout strength.
• ΦconcreteNpn — pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors
D.4.4c.ii • ΦconcreteNpn,f´c — pullout strength for mechanical anchors
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength. mechanical and adhesive post-installed anchors

strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design

•N
•S
icon in yellow.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.


concrete remains uncracked. Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout

for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows Φseismic =
0.75.

Φseismic .

Shear
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about

the following:
◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
◼◼ PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
◼◼ Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for

the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product
Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,
design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and
calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.
The SHEAR section of the Design Guide provides information

on the shear design strengths calculated using PROFIS
Anchor.
Shear — Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Shear — Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Shear — Pryout Strength —

Concrete Breakout Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Shear Shear — Pryout Strength — Bond Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Shear — Steel Failure with Lever Arm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
130
Shear — Steel Strength
Anchor Steel Strength in Shear

Vsa ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20) PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (Vsa) for a
Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single
post-installed anchor ( Vxxxx ) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in Vxxxx varies and is given in the
The calculated value for Vsa or the value Vxxxx from the Evaluation Service
Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section
of the Design Report.
Equations — Vsa for Adhesive Anchors

Vsa = αV,Seis (n 0.6 Ase,V futa ) Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for “Steel Design The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element
Information” in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modified version
of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).
The value (n 0.6 Ase,V futa) corresponds to the value shown as Vsa in the Steel
Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD An additional reduction factor (αV,seis) is applied to Vsa when anchor design
includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design
Category C through F.
Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for

information regarding αV,seis.
The Design Report shows the modified version of EQ. (D-20) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the
value for Vsa given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to
n0.6Ase,Vfuta in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
αV,seis is also shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD

Equations — Vsa for Headed Bolts

Vsa = n 0.6 Ase,V futa ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-20) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-20) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in
shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed bolt. Use of Equation (D-20) is
based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts includes threads.
Vsa
Hooked bolts and J-bolts are not included in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-20) in the Equations section of the
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vsa in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Equation (D-20) assumes the

threads are in the shear plane.
Equations — Vsa for Headed Studs

Vsa = n Ase,V futa ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-19) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in
shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed stud. Use of Equation (D-19) is
Vsa based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts does not include threads.
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vsa in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Equation (D-19) assumes no

threads are in the shear plane.

Equations — Vsa Seismic for Mechanical Anchors

Vsa = seismic conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Seismic steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. The seismic steel
strength in shear is utilized for anchor design that includes earthquake forces
for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C - F. It is given for a
single anchor in the “Design Information” tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The subscript used in the nomenclature to
define seismic steel strength in shear varies. Refer to the Evaluation Service
Report for the nomenclature specific to a particular mechanical anchor.
The value corresponding to the seismic steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
The values for seismic steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left
ESR-1545 for are taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES
HSL-3 anchors ESR-1546 for the HDA-P Anchor. Note that the subscripts used to define
seismic steel strength in shear are different.
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors
Equations — Vsa Static for Mechanical Anchors

Vsa = static conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Static steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. It is given for a
single anchor in the “Design Information” tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor.
The value corresponding to the static steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
The values for static steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left are
ESR-1545 for
taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES ESR-1546
HSL-3 anchors
for the HDA-P Anchor.
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors

Equations — ΦVsa versus Vua

ΦVsa ≥ Vua
Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦVn) to a Factored

Service Load (Vua). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the “factored shear
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor
users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads

is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.

Variables — αV,seis
αV,seis Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element
Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modified version
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
An additional reduction factor (αV,seis) is applied to Vsa when anchor design
includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design

The Design Report shows αV,seis in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for

HIT-RE 500-SD
Variables — Ase,V
Ase,V ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20) Ase,V equals the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor. It is used to
Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports calculate the steel strength in shear per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ (D-19)
and EQ (D-20).
Values for Ase,V specific to each cast-in-place anchor in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the program internal database. Values for Ase,V specific
to each post-installed anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio correspond
to the values for effective cross-sectional area given in the Steel Design
Information tables in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
The Design Report shows Ase,V in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.

Variables — futa
futa ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20) futa is the specified tensile strength of the anchor steel.
Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
Values for futa specific to each cast-in-place and post-installed anchor in the
PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program internal database. The
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for post-installed anchors also provide
values for futa.
The Design Report shows futa in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables — n
n ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20) PROFIS Anchor calculates steel strength in shear for a single cast-in-place
Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports anchor or uses the value given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 for steel strength in shear.
The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the Steel
Variables — Vsa
Vsa Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element
Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modified version
Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for An additional reduction factor (αV,seis) is applied to Vsa when anchor design
HIT-RE 500-SD includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design

The Design Report shows the modified version of EQ. (D-20) in the Equations
section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the value for Vsa
given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to n 0.6Ase,Vfuta
PROFIS Anchor in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters. αV,seis is also
Design Report shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.

Calculations — Vsa
post-installed anchor ( Vxxxx ) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation

Results — Vsa
post-installed anchor (Vxxxx) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Results — ΦVsa
ΦVsa Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦVn) to a Factored
Service Load (Vua). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
ΦVsa and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
Design Steel Strength equals: Φsteel ⁎ Φeb ⁎ Vsa for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Strength equals: Φsteel ⁎ Φeb ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vsa for seismic conditions.

Results — Φeb
Φeb ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.80 reduction for grouted base plates given
in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 as Φeb.
The Design Report shows Φeb in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.

Results — Φsteel
Φsteel cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine
Part D.1.
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Φnonductile The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defined in
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud For tension calculations, these modes include:
•N

•N
•S
in yellow.
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for


The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-
ductile steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how Φnonductile is not applied
to the Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a
ductile steel element.

Results — Vua
Vua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦVn) to a Factored
Service Load (Vua).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the “factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors”.

ACI 318-08.

entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on the
icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

Results — Vua (continued)


shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, Vua corresponds to the
highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor for those anchors that
are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will show a single asterisk
(*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the
highest shear load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦVsa is ≥ Vua must be satisfied. If the value for
ΦVsa shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 4 of the Design Report is ≥
the value shown for Vua under the heading “Load”, the note “OK” will appear
If the value for ΦVsa is < Vua, the note “not recommended” will appear under
criteria!” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / ΦVn. When evaluating Steel
Strength, Vua corresponds to the factored shear load acting on a single
anchor as described above. ΦVn corresponds to the Design Steel Strength
(ΦVsa) for a single anchor as defined above.

Shear — Concrete Breakout Strength
Equations — AVc
AVc ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
AVc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as “the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows AVc in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for AVc in the Calculations section of the Concrete
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating AVc.
parameters used to calculate AVc directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.

Equations — AVc (continued)

Equations — AVc0
AVc0 = 4.5 ca12 ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)
AVc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc0 per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
AVc0 in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Equations — ΦVcb or ΦVcbg ≥ Vua

ΦVcb or ΦVcbg ≥ Vua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦVn) to a Factored
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors”.

ACI 318-08.


Equations — ψec,v
⎧ ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.5: Equation (D-26) ψec,V is a modification factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
1 ⎫
ψec,V = ∣ ________∣ acts towards the edge of a concrete member. ψec,V is only applied when
∣ 2 eV´ ∣
____ calculating concrete breakout (Vcbg) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
∣ ∣
⎩ 1 + 3 ca1 ⎭ in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.
The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating ψec,V.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the
calculated value for ψec,V in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters .
PROFIS Anchor calculates ψec,V using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate
ψec,V.

Equations — ψec,v (continued)

The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main
screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and

Equations — ψec,v (continued)

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
Equations — ψed,v
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28) ψed,V is the modification factor for “edge effect for a single anchor or group of
⎛ ca2 ⎞ anchors loaded in shear”. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
ψed,V = 0.7 + 0.3 ⎜______ ⎜ EQ. (D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
⎝ 1.5ca1 ⎠ design parameters.

Equations — ψh,v
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)
ψh,v =
√1.5 ca1
_______
ha
≥ 1.0
ψh,V is a modification factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in

a “thin” concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defines a “thin member” as one in which the
member thickness (ha) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(ca1) in the direction of shear load (Vua).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Equations — Vb
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24) Vb is defined as the “basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single
⎛ ⎛ l ⎞0.2 ⎞ anchor in cracked concrete”. This parameter corresponds to the concrete
Vb = ⎜7 ⎜___
e
⎜ √da ⎜ λ √f´c (ca1)1.5 breakout capacity of a single anchor not having any influences from edge
⎝ ⎝ da ⎠ ⎠ distance or concrete thickness.
calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Equations — Vcb
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(a) Equation (D-21) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcb) for a
⎛ A ⎞ single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. The PROFIS
Vcb = ⎜ ____
Vc
⎜ ψed,V ψc,V ψh,V ψparallel,V Vb Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-21) in the Equations section of the
⎝ AVc0 ⎠ Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations — Vcbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(b) Equation (D-22)
⎛ A ⎞ Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (Vcbg) for a
Vcbg = ⎜ ____
Vc
⎜ ψec,V ψed,V ψc,V ψh,V ψparallel,V Vb group of anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-22) in
⎝ AVc0 ⎠ the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.

Variables — ca1
ca1
ca1corresponds to the distance from the center of the anchor to the edge of
concrete, in the direction of the applied shear load.
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions with respect to ca1 differ from those
made in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b).
At issue is:
• which anchors are resisting shear load at any given time?
• how is the shear load distributed among multiple rows of anchors?
If the anchors are rigidly attached to a base plate (e.g. welded), all of the
anchors can be assumed to take up the shear load simultaneously. If there is
an annular space between the anchor and base plate hole, only some of the
anchors may be taking up the load at any given time because it is reasonable
to assume that these anchors will not be centered in the holes.
When multiple rows of anchors make up the connection, the question

becomes how many of these rows are effective in taking up the shear load
and how is the load distributed among these rows?
• Do all of the rows take up the load or only some of them?
• How is the load distributed among the rows assumed to be taking up
the shear load?
• Is the load distributed evenly among the rows (e.g. per ACI 318)?
• Does the load vary as rows are located farther away from the edge?
PROFIS Anchor assumes that anchors installed through a fixture in which an

annular space exists between the anchor and the fixture do not all take up
shear load simultaneously. It assumes only the anchors nearest the edge of
concrete in the direction of the shear load take up the full shear load.
This is not to imply that the Appendix D assumptions are incorrect; rather,
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions represent an alternative approach to
calculating concrete breakout in shear.

Variables — ca1 (continued)

Values for edge distance can be input via the main screen by highlighting the
edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Values for edge distance can also be input via the Input geometry icon in the
Base material tab.
The smallest value that can be used for ca1 is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. Neither
PROFIS Anchor, nor the provisions of ACI 318-08 Appendix D, nor the
provisions of ICC-ES AC308 provide a maximum limit for ca1.
When a connection consists of multiple rows of anchors, PROFIS Anchor

defaults to taking ca1 from the row of anchors closest to the concrete edge in
the direction of the applied shear load.
The Design Report shows ca1 in the Variables section of the Concrete
Variables — ca2
ca2 ACI 318-08 Chapter 2 (definitions) and Part D.6.2.6
ca2 corresponds to an edge distance perpendicular to ca1 and therefore

perpendicular to the direction of the shear load. PROFIS Anchor determines
ca2 by correlating the edge distance values input by the user to the direction
of the factored load input by the user.
The smallest value that can be used for ca2 is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. The maximum
value for ca2 that is considered for calculation purposes equals 1.5ca1.

Variables — ca2 (continued)

Users can input values for edge distance via the main screen by highlighting
the edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Users can also input values for edge distance via the Input geometry icon in
the Base material tab.
The Design Report shows ca2 in the Variables section of the Concrete

Variables — da
da ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
da corresponds to the anchor diameter inclusive of any external sleeve. da

is selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The Filter
Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab then
checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows da in the Variables section of the
Variables — e´V
e´V ACI 318-08, D.6.2.5 and RD.6.2.5.
e´V is defined in ACI 318-08 Apppendix D as the distance between the

resultant shear load acting on a group of anchors and the centroid of the
group of anchors. D.6.2.5 notes that “only those anchors that are loaded
in shear in the same direction shall be considered when determining e´V.”
Therefore, e´V is determined for those anchors that are loaded in shear
towards the edge of the concrete member.
e´V is limited to a value ≤ the spacing between anchors loaded in shear

divided by 2.
e´V is always positive.
Refer to Fig. RD.6.2.5 for an illustration of e´V.
PROFIS Anchor calculates e´V using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
ψec,V.

Variables — e´V (continued)


Variables — e´V (continued)

NOTE: P
NOTE: P
length and width.
Variables — f´c
f´c ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5
D.3.5 — The values of f´c used for calculation purposes
in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
Testing is required for post-installed anchors when f´c corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
used in concrete with f´c greater than 8,000 psi. PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f´c values in PROFIS Anchor is as
follows:
5.0 Conditiona of use
cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 10000 psi
post-installed anchors: 2500 psi ≤ f´c ≤ 8000 psi
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specific to each
post-installed anchor.

Variables — f´c (continued)

value.
Variables — ha
ha ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 ha corresponds to the thickness of the concrete member. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows ha in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The value for ha can be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the parameter corresponding to concrete thickness, highlight it and
Concrete thickness can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the box titled Input geometry.
Variables — λ
λ ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.2 λ is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.3 calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and λ will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations contain
provisions for designing with lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows λ in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout

Variables — le
le ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
le is used in Equation (D-24) and Equation (D-25) to calculate the basic
concrete breakout strength in shear, Vb.
le is defined as the “load bearing length of the anchor for shear” and
corresponds to the portion of the embedded length of the anchor that is
effective in transmitting the applied shear load into the concrete member.
Per D.6.2.2, le = MINIMUM {hef ; 8da} for anchors demonstrated to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length.
le for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length is limited to a value of 2da. The illustrations to the left show how le is
determined for anchors that have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length and for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their
embedded length.
hef corresponds to the effective embedment depth of the anchor and da

corresponds to the outside diameter of the anchor element.
All of the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed
to have a constant stiffness over their embedded length. The following
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length:
• t hreaded rods and rebar used with RE 500-SD, HY-150 MAX-SD, and
HY-150 MAX
• HDA-P and HDA-T undercut anchors
• Kwik Bolt-TZ, Kwik Bolt 3 expansion anchors
• Kwik HUS-EZ and Kwik HUS screw anchors
HSL-3 expansion anchors consist of an external sleeve that is separated from

the expansion elements by a plastic section. These anchors do not exhibit
constant stiffness characteristics over their embedded length. Therefore, per
D.6.2.2, PROFIS Anchor calculates le = 2da for HSL-3 anchors.

Variables — le (continued)
The value for hef that is used to determine le for cast-in-place and adhesive
anchors is input by clicking on the Anchor Layout tab, checking the box
Variable Embedment Depth, then inputting an embedment depth value.
The value for hef is fixed for mechanical anchors and is specific to an anchor
type and diameter.
The value for da that is used to determine le corresponds to the anchor

diameter selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The
Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab
then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows le and da in the Variables section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. hef is shown in the Variables section of

Variables — ψc,V
ψc,V ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.7
ψc,V is a modification factor pertaining to the assumed existence of either

cracked or uncracked concrete conditions with or without supplementary
edge reinforcement.
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for ψc,V depending on the type of
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by anchor being designed:
loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete ψc,V = 1.0 for cracked concrete conditions
is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. ψc,V = 1.2 for cracked concrete with edge reinforcement ≥ #4 bar
Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing ψc,V = 1.4 for cracked concrete with #4 bar + stirrups
steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in ψc,V = 1.4 for uncracked concrete conditions
(0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x The use of supplementary reinforcement consisting of stirrups is typically only
static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International practical when designing cast-in-place anchors.
Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition Click on the Base material tab, then click on the box titled Supplementary
for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the reinforcement to view options for ψc,V. Highlight and click the desired option.
existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load The Design Report shows the value for ψc,V in the Variables section of the
compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown
that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions,
post-installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete
as well as for seismic loading.
Variables — ψparallel,V
ψparallel,V ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c)
ψparallel,V is the PROFIS Anchor designation for a multiplier used to account

for shear parallel to an edge. Refer to ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c) and the
illustrations to the left.
PROFIS Anchor designates ψparallel,V equal to 1.0 when the concrete breakout
strength Vcb or Vcbg is calculated for shear load acting towards a free edge of
concrete. PROFIS Anchor designates ψparallel,V equal to 2.0 when Vcb or Vcbg is
calculated per D.6.2.1(c) for shear acting parallel to an edge.
The Design Report shows ψparallel,V in the Variables section of the Concrete

Calculations — AVc
AVc ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
AVc is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as “the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors”. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows AVc in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for AVc in the Calculations section of the Concrete
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating AVc.
parameters used to calculate AVc directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the “Enter”" key to set the new value.

Calculations — AVc (continued)

Calculations — AVc0
AVc0 ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)
AVc0 is defined in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates AVc0 per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
AVc0 in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Calculations — ψec,V
ψec,V ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.5: Equation (D-26) ψec,V is a modification factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
acts towards the edge of a concrete member. ψec,V is only applied when
calculating concrete breakout (Vcbg) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.

Calculations — ψec,V (continued)

The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating ψec,V.
calculated value for ψec,V in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters .
PROFIS Anchor calculates ψec,V using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
ψec,V.


input the desired value. Click the “enter” key to set the new value.
NOTE: P


NOTE: P
length and width.
connection. It uses a finite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
of the Design Report. Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension
and compression forces that are assumed to act on the anchorage as well as
the shear forces assumed to act on each anchor.
Calculations — ψed,V
ψed,V ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28) ψed,V is the modification factor for “edge effect for a single anchor or group
of anchors loaded in shear”. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ.
(D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters and the calculated value for ψed,V in the Calculations section of

Calculations — ψh,V
ψh,V ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)
ψh,v =
√1.5 ca1
_______
ha
≥ 1.0
ψh,V is a modification factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in
a “thin” concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defines a “thin member” as one in which the
member thickness (ha) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(ca1) in the direction of shear load (Vua).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Calculations — Vb — Equation D-24

Vb ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24)
Vb is defined as the “basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single
⎛ ⎛ l ⎞0.2 ⎞ anchor in cracked concrete”. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
Vb = ⎜7 ⎜___
e
⎜ √da ⎜ λ √f´c (ca1)1.5 EQ. (D-24) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
⎝ ⎝ da ⎠ ⎠ design parameters and the calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section
Calculations — Vb — Equation D-25

Vb ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.3 EQ. (D-25)
Vb is defined as the “basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single
⎛ ⎛ l ⎞0.2 ⎞ anchor in cracked concrete”. EQ. (D-25) is applicable to cast-in-place
Vb = ⎜8 ⎜___
e
⎜ √da ⎜ λ √f´c (ca1)1.5 anchors that are continuously welded to steel attachments. Criteria for using
d
⎝ ⎝ a⎠ ⎠ this equation are given in D.6.2.3.
calculated value for Vb in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout

Results — Vcb
Vcb ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21) Vcb corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
⎛ A ⎞ calculates Vcb per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21) using the calculated
Vcb = ⎜ ____
Vc
⎜ ψed,V ψc,V ψh,V ψparallel,V Vb values for AVc, AVc0, ψed,V, ψh,V, Vb shown in the Calculations section of the
A
⎝ Vc0 ⎠ Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for
ψc,V and ψparallel,V shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The result of the calculation for Vcb is shown in the Results section of the
Results — Vcbg
Vcbg ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22) Vcbg corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of
cast-in-place anchors or post-installed anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates
⎛ A ⎞ Vcbg per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22) using the calculated values for
Vcbg = ⎜ ____
Vc
⎜ ψec,V ψed,V ψc,V ψh,V ψparallel,V Vb AVc, AVc0, ψec,V, ψed,V, ψh,V, Vb shown in the Calculations section of the Concrete
⎝ AVc0 ⎠ Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for ψc,V and
ψparallel,V shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
The result of the calculation for Vcbg is shown in the Results section of the
Results — ΦVcb
ΦVcb
Strength for a single anchor as ΦVcb and shows this value in the Results

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcb for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcb for seismic conditions.
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service Loads


Results — ΦVcbg
ΦVcbg
Strength for a group of anchors as ΦVcbg and shows this value in the Results

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcbg for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcbg for seismic conditions.

Loads is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.
Φconcrete cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i

II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70 corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in shear as Φconcrete. The value
for Φconcrete is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
from ACI 355.2
to installation and given in D.4.4.c.i.
high reliability)

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)


ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor

Anchor will use the Condition A values for Φconcrete given in D.4.4.c.i.
D.4.4c.i Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B Φconcrete factors
D.4.4c.i • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement mechanical and adhesive post installed
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength. anchors

Φnonductile ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defined in ACI 318-08, Part

•N
D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it • Nominal Pullout Strength
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined • Nominal Bond Strength
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud • Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design For shear calculations, these modes include:
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3. •N
•S
icon in yellow.


and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design
concrete remains uncracked. Strengths.
The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout

Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic.
Results — Vua
Vua


ACI 318-08.


Vua


shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength

in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, Vua corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the
anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a
double asterisk (**) next to Concrete edge failure indicating that the value
for Vua pertains to the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are
determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦVcb ≥ Vua or ΦVcbg ≥ Vua must be satisfied. If
the value for ΦVcb or ΦVcbg shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 4 of
the Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Vua under the heading “Load”, the
If the value for ΦVcb or ΦVcbg is < Vua, the note “not recommended” will appear
The value shown under the heading “Utilization βV [%]” in Part 4 of the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / ΦVn. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, Vua corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. ΦVn corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (ΦVcb or ΦVcbg) as defined above.

Shear — Pryout Strength — Concrete Breakout Controls
Equations — ΦVcp or ΦVcpg versus Vua

Equation Reference Comments
ΦVcp or ΦVcpg ≥ Vua ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2) Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2 calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.


ACI 318-08.

Equations — Vcp
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate Vcp for a single cast-
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive
Vcp = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ψed,Nψc,Nψcp,NNb ⎜ anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the
⎣ ⎝ ANc0 ⎠ ⎦ controlling value for:
Vcp = MINIMUM {kcpNa ; kcpNcb}.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single
mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive
anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.
The parameters used to calculate Vcp are shown in the Calculations section
of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcp is
shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.

Equations — Vcpg
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤
Vcpg = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ψec,Nψed,Nψc,Nψcp,NNb ⎜
A
⎣ ⎝ Nc0 ⎠ ⎦
4-anchors are in tension. PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate Vcpg for a group of
cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.
6-anchors are in shear.
PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate Vcpg for a group of
adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value
for:
Vcpg = MINIMUM {kcpNag ; kcpNcbg}.
PROFIS Anchor calculations for Vcpg assume that all anchors involved in
resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,
if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in
compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that
are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the
anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.
Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
Ncbg calculations for tension
based on 4-bolts in tension. The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcpg is
Ncbg calculations for pryout

based on 6-bolts in shear.

Variables — kcp
kcp ACI 318-08, Part D.6.3.1 kcp is defined as the “coefficient for pryout strength”. Per EQ. (D-30) or
EQ. (D-31) in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, kcp is multiplied by the Nominal
Concrete Breakout Strength in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout
Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) in shear.
kcp is dependent on the embedment depth (hef) selected for a given anchor
such that:
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in.
kcp = 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5 in.
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

Variables — kcp (continued)

When designing adhesive anchors, users can input values for effective
maximum value of:
main screen.
and input an appropriate value for hef. Click the “Enter”" key to set the new
value.

Variables — kcp (continued)

The value for hef when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.

Calculations — Vcp
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate Vcp for a single cast-
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive
Vcp = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ψed,Nψc,Nψcp,NNb ⎜ anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the
A
⎣ ⎝ Nc0 ⎠ ⎦ controlling value for:
pryout.
Calculations — Vcpg
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤
Vcpg = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ψec,Nψed,Nψc,Nψcp,NNb ⎜
⎣ ⎝ ANc0 ⎠ ⎦
4-anchors are in tension.
6-anchors are in shear. adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value
for:
When determining Vcpg, PROFIS Anchor performs calculations for those

anchors that are in shear based on the assumption that all anchors involved
in resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place
anchors and for a group of mechanical anchors.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive
anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.
Ncbg calculations for tension The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
based on 4-bolts in tension. of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcpg is


Results — Vcp
Vcp ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)
Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls)
PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate Vcp for a single cast-
Equations in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive
anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ controlling value for:
Vcp = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Nc
⎜ψed,Nψc,Nψcp,NNb ⎜ ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-30) Vcp = MINIMUM {kcpNa ; kcpNcb}.
⎣ ⎝ ANc0 ⎠ ⎦
pryout.
Results — Vcpg
Vcpg ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)
4-anchors are in tension.
6-anchors are in shear.
adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value
for:
Ncbg calculations for tension
based on 4-bolts in tension.


Results — Vcpg (continued)

Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
Results — ΦVcp
ΦVcp

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as ΦVcp and shows this value in the Results section of the
Pryout Strength design parameters.
Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcp for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcp for seismic conditions.


Results — ΦVcpg
ΦVcpg

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as ΦVcpg and shows this value in the Results section of the
Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcpg for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcpg for seismic conditions.

Φconcrete cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i

II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70 corresponding to some form of concrete breakout in shear as Φconcrete. The
value for Φconcrete is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
from ACI 355.2
to installation and given in D.4.4.c.i.
high reliability)

(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)


ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been

D.4.4c.i • ΦconcreteVcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength. anchors


Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions. Click on the icon titled
Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions have
been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
D.3.3.3 — The anchor design strength associated Strengths per D.3.3.3.
with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75ΦNn The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
Φseismic = 0.75 and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and design parameters.

Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic.

shall be permitted to take the design strength of the For tension calculations, these modes include:
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3. • Nominal Pullout Strength

•N
definition of “ductile steel element”" given in Part D.1.
•S
icon in yellow.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

Results — Vua
Vua

ACI 318-08.



anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, Vua corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦVcp ≥ Vua or ΦVcpg ≥ Vua must be satisfied. If the
value for ΦVcp or ΦVcpg shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 4 of the
Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Vua under the heading “Load”, the
If the value for ΦVcp or ΦVcpg is < Vua, the note “not recommended” will appear
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / ΦVn. When evaluating Pryout
anchors in the connection as described above. ΦVn corresponds to the
Design Pryout Strength (ΦVcp or ΦVcpg) as defined above.

Shear — Pryout Strength — Bond Controls
Equations — Vcp
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate Vcp for a single
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling
Vcp = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Na
⎜ψed,Na ψp,NaNa0 ⎜ value in:
A
⎣ ⎝ Na0 ⎠ ⎦ Vcp = MINIMUM {kcpNa ; kcpNcb}.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength
is the controlling condition for pryout.
Equations — Vcpg
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤
Vcpg = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Na
⎜ψed,Na ψg,Naψec,Naψp,NaNa0 ⎜
A
⎣ ⎝ Na0 ⎠ ⎦
PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate Vcpg for a group
of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
Nag calculations for tension
based on 2-anchors in tension.
Nag calculations for pryout

based on 3-anchors in shear.

Equations — ΦVcp or ΦVcpg versus Vua

ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2) Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2 calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.


ACI 318-08.


Variables — kcp
kcp ICC-ES AC308, Part D.6.3.2 kcp is defined as the “coefficient for pryout strength”. Per EQ. (D-30a) or
EQ. (D-30b) in ICC-ES AC308, kcp is multiplied by the Nominal Bond Strength
in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout Strength (Vcp or Vcpg) in
shear. kcp is dependent on the embedment depth (hef) selected for a given
anchor such that:
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in.
kcp = 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.5 in.
When designing adhesive anchors, the users can input values for effective
maximum value of:
main screen.
value.

Calculations — Vcp
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate Vcp for a single
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling
Vcp = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Na
⎜ψed,Na ψp,NaNa0 ⎜ value in:
A
⎣ ⎝ Na0 ⎠ ⎦ Vcp = MINIMUM {kcpNa ; kcpNcb}.
Calculations — Vcpg
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤
Vcpg = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Na
⎜ψed,Na ψg,Naψec,Naψp,NaNa0 ⎜
⎣ ⎝ ANa0 ⎠ ⎦
PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate Vcpg for a group
of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
Nag calculations for tension The parameters used to calculate Vcpg are shown in the Calculations section
based on 2-anchors in tension. of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for Vcpg is


Results — Vcp
Vcp ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate Vcp for a single
adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling
value in:
Results — Vcpg
⎡⎛ A ⎞ ⎤ PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate Vcpg for a group
Vcpg = kcp ⎜ ⎜ _____
Na
⎜ψed,Na ψg,Naψec,Naψp,NaNa0 ⎜ of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:
⎣ ⎝ ANa0 ⎠ ⎦ Vcpg = MINIMUM {kcpNag ; kcpNcbg}.
Nag calculations for tension

based on 2-anchors in tension.


Results — ΦVcp
ΦVcp

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as ΦVcp and shows this value in the Results section of the

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcp for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcp for seismic conditions.

Results — ΦVcpg
ΦVcpg

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as ΦVcpg and shows this value in the Results section of the

Φconcrete ⁎ Vcpg for non-seismic conditions.

Φconcrete ⁎ Φseismic ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ Vcpg for seismic conditions.


Φconcrete c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face

II) Tension loads
Cast-in headed studs,

headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
Post-installed anchors corresponding to some form of concrete breakout as Φconcrete. The value
with category as determined for Φconcrete is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
from ACI 355.2
parameters.
(low sensitivity The illustration to the left is taken from ACI 318-08. It references Φconcrete
to installation and
high reliability)
values based on either Condition A or Condition B as given in D.4.4.c.i. These
values are intended to be used for cast-in-place anchors.
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)

(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
the anchor will show Φconcrete values corresponding to Condition B.

ESR-1546 for verified that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,
HDA Undercut Anchor and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity



D.4.4c.i
• Φconcrete Vcp and ΦconcreteVcpg — pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
mechanical and adhesive post-installed
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.
anchors

Select seismic design by clicking on the Loads tab, then clicking on the icon
titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions
have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
Strengths per D.3.3.3.

with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75ΦNn
Φseismic = 0.75 and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and

Results — Φseismic (continued)

The value for Φseismic is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

Φseismic = 0.75.

Φseismic.

•N
definition of “ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.
•S
the definition of “ductile steel element given in Part D.1.
icon in yellow.
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.

Results — Vua
Vua

ACI 318-08.



shear.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part

4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, Vua corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for Vua pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦVcp ≥ Vua or ΦVcpg ≥ Vua must be satisfied. If
the value for ΦVcp or ΦVcpg shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 4 of
the Design Report is ≥ the value shown for Vua under the heading “Load”, the
If the value for ΦVcp or ΦVcpg is < Vua, the note “not recommended” will appear
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / ΦVn. When evaluating Pryout
anchors in the connection as described above. ΦVn corresponds to the
Design Pryout Strength (ΦVcp or ΦVcpg) as defined above.

Shear — Steel Failure with Lever Arm
Equations — Stand-off Condition — None

No Stand-Off
No stand-off can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab, then

clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on No stand-off.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to this option unless a specific type of stand-off is

selected.
Equations — Stand-off Condition — without Clamping

Stand-Off without Clamping
Stand-off without clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate

tab, then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on Stand-off without clamping.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for

Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor
with no clamping at the surface of the concrete.
Adhesive anchors and cast-in-place anchors can be installed without

clamping at the surface of the concrete. PROFIS Anchor will default to
adhesive anchors when users are designing post-installed anchors and
“Stand-off without clamping” is selected.

Equations — Stand-off Condition — without Clamping (continued)

Bending Equation for Stand-off Illustration #2
Stand-off without clamping at surface of concrete

αM x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb
Ms denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a
shear load (Vua) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation
for Ms to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
The lever arm (Lb) will increase by a value of 0.5d0 when no clamping is
assumed at the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain
detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
Users can select a level of rotational restraint (αM) by inputting a value in the
box titled Rotational restraint. Values for αM can range between 1.0
(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor
defaults to αM = 1.0 when no clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (αM) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Clamping

Stand-Off with Clamping
Stand-off with clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with clamping.

with clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. Mechanical anchors
must be installed with clamping at the surface of the concrete unless the
stand-off is grouted.

Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Clamping (continued)

Stand-off with clamping at surface of concrete

αM x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb

The lever arm (Lb) will equal the value z when clamping is assumed at the
surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
defaults to αM = 1.0 when clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (αM) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Grouting

Stand-Off with Grouting
Stand-off with grouting can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with grouting.

with no clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. All of the anchors
in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio can be utilized when stand-off with grouting
is selected.

Equations — Stand-off Condition — with Grouting (continued)

Stand-off with grouting

αM x Ms
VsM = _______
Lb

Adhesive anchors, cast-in-place anchors and mechanical anchors can be

installed without clamping at the surface of the concrete when the stand-off
is grouted. PROFIS Anchor conservatively assumes the lever arm (Lb) will
increase by a value of 0.5d0 when stand-off with grouting is selected. This
corresponds to the assumption made when no clamping is assumed at
the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for Lb to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
defaults to αM = 2.0 when stand-off with grouting is selected; however,
users can select a level of rotational restraint (αM) < 2.0 by inputting a value
between 1 and 2.

Equations — Vsm
Bending Equation for Stand-off ETAG 001, Annex C - Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.
When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted VsM. This load corresponds to the flexural bending of the anchor steel.
αM x Ms
VsM = _______ Calculations for flexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
Lb under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor. The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate flexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C — Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for VsM in the Equations section of
the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value
for VsM in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters
Equations — MS
Resultant flexural resistance of anchor Ms denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a
⎛ Nua ⎞ shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
MS = MS0 ⎜1 – _____ ⎜ Design Report shows the equation used to calculate Ms in the Equations
⎝ ΦNsa ⎠ section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for Ms in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters.
Equations — MS0
MS0 = 1.2 S fu,min Characteristic flexural resistance of anchor Ms0 denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate Ms0 in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for Ms0 in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Equations — S
S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The
value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.
cast-in-place anchors post-installed anchors
π(d nominal)3 π(d minor)3

s = _________ s = ________
32 32
The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d0 in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Equations — Lb
Lb
Lb corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt
bending Ms. The value (n)(d0) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located 0.5d0 below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
increase by a value of 0.5d0.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place

anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when “Stand-off without clamping” is selected as
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when “Stand-off with grouting” is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for Lb in the Equations section of
for Lb in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.

Equations — (1 – Nua /ΦNsa )

The value (1 – Nua/ΦNsa) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
⎛ Nua ⎞ simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.
⎜1 – _____ ⎜
⎝ ΦNsa ⎠ Nua corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single
anchor.
ΦNsa corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,
using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.
(1 – Nua/ΦNsa) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With

Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for Nua and ΦNsa are
shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Equations — ΦVsM versus Vua

ΦVsM ≥ Vua

The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as ΦVsM and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals: Φsteel ⁎ VsM for non-seismic
conditions.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals: Φsteel ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ VsM for seismic
conditions.


Variables — αM
αM
αM is a coefficient that is used to define the degree of rotational restraint for a

stand-off application. αM = 1.0 when no rotational restraint is assumed.
αM = 2.0 when full rotational restraint is assumed.
When a stand-off option is selected, users can enter a value for αM in the
box titled Rotational Restraint. Click on the Anchor Plate tab, then click on
the box titled Stand-off. αM can range between 1 and 2 depending on the
amount of rotational restraint assumed by the user. If a stand-off condition
other than grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an αM value =
1.0. If stand-off with grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an αM
value = 2.0.
The Design Report shows αM in the Variables section of the Steel Failure
With Lever Arm design parameters.
Variables — fu,min
fu,min fu,min corresponds to the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the anchor
element.
PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place

anchor portfolio
Ultimate tensile strength values for the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio correspond to ASTM F1554 anchor bolts.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for

HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD Ultimate tensile strength values for post-installed anchors are given in the
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows the value for fu,min in the Variables section of the
Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Variables — Nua
Nua The value (1 – Nua/ΦNsa) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
⎜1 – _____ ⎜
anchor.

parameters.

entering a value.

Variables — z
z Lb corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt
bending Ms.
z equals the distance measured from the surface of the concrete to the
center of the base plate.
The Design Report shows the value for z in the Variables section of the Steel
The distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate
is designated in PROFIS Anchor as Distance. Click on the Anchor Plate tab,
then click on the box titled Stand-off. Enter the value corresponding to the
distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate in
the box titled Distance.
The base plate thickness can be entered by highlighting the corresponding

parameter on the main screen and inputting a value; or by clicking on the
Anchor Plate tab, then entering a value in the box titled Thickness.

Variables — d0
d0
d0 corresponds to the diameter of the anchor element. Values for d0 are used
to calculate the lever arm (Lb) that is used in the bolt bending equation.
d0 for a specific anchor is selected from the anchor portfolios that appear in
the Filter Pane.
The Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View
tab then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows d0 in the Variables section of the Steel failure With

Variables — n
n The value (n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located at or below the
surface of the concrete, as a result of localized crushing that may occur at
the side of a drilled hole.
When clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of fixity is
assumed to be located at the surface of the concrete. The value for n equals 0.
When no clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of

fixity is assumed to be located 0.5d0 below the surface of the concrete. The
value for n equals 0.50.
Although cast-in-place anchor installation does not involve a drilled hole,

a design option.
PROFIS Anchor also conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place
and post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when “Stand-off with grouting”
is selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows n in the Variables section of the Steel failure With
Variables — ΦNsa
ΦNsa The value (1 – Nua/ΦNsa) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
⎜1 – _____ ⎜
anchor.

parameters.

Calculations — Lb
Lb Lb corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt
bending Ms. The value (n)(d0) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d0) is used to account for a point of fixity located 0.5d0 below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
increase by a value of 0.5d0.

a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d0 when “Stand-off with grouting” is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for Lb in the Equations section of
for Lb in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Calculations — MS
MS Ms denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a
⎛ Nu ⎞ shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
MS = MS ⎜1 – _____
0
⎜ Design Report shows the equation used to calculate Ms in the Equations
⎝ ΦNsa ⎠ section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for Ms in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Calculations — MS0
MS 0
MS = 1.2 S fu,min
0
Ms denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
0
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate Ms0 in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for Ms0 in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.

Calculations — S
S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The

value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.
cast-in-place anchors post-installed anchors
π(d nominal)3 π(d minor)3

s = _________ s = ________
32 32
The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d0 in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Calculations — (1 – Nua /ΦNsa )

The value (1 – Nua/ΦNsa) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
⎜1 – _____ ⎜
anchor.

parameters.

Results — ΦVsM
ΦVs M
Service Load (Vua).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as ΦVsM and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

Φsteel ⁎ VsM for non-seismic conditions.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:

Φsteel ⁎ Φnonductile ⁎ VsM for seismic conditions.

Φnonductile The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defined in
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud For tension calculations, these modes include:
•N

•N
•S


in yellow.
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for
The value for Φnonductile is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
The Design Report results to the left show how Φnonductile is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.

Results — Φsteel
Φsteel cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine
Part D.1.
this value in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Results — VSM
VSM ETAG 001, Annex C — Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4. When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted VsM. This load corresponds to the flexural bending of the anchor
steel.
αM x Ms
VsM = _______ Calculations for flexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
Lb
under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor.The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate flexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C — Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for VsM in the Equations section of
for VsM in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters

Results — Vua
Vua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
Service Load (Vua).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defines Vua as the “factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors”.

ACI 318-08.

entering a value.



shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows Vua corresponding to Steel Failure With Lever Arm
in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters. When evaluating Steel Failure With Lever Arm,
Vua corresponds to the highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor
for those anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will
show a single asterisk (*) next to Steel Failure With Lever Arm indicating
that the value for Vua pertains to the highest shear load acting on a single
anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; ΦVsM is > Vua must be satisfied. If the value for
ΦVsM shown under the heading “Capacity” in Part 4 of the Design Report is ≥
the value shown for Vua under the heading “Load”, the note “OK” will appear
If the value for ΦVsM is < Vua, the note “not recommended” will appear under
criteria” will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
Design Report corresponds to the ratio Vua / ΦVn. When evaluating Steel
Failure With Lever Arm, Vua corresponds to the factored shear load acting on
a single anchor as described above. ΦVn corresponds to the Design Steel
Failure With Lever Arm (ΦVsM) for a single anchor as defined above.

ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions
This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs

calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3. . . . . . . . . . . 217
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2. . . . . . . . . 218
ACI 318-08
Seismic Provisions
216
Seismic Calculations — ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3

ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments
D.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 contains provisions for seismic design of anchorages
into concrete. “Seismic design” provisions are used when designing
anchorages that include earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.
When Seismic design is selected, three design options become available via
the following provisions: D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5 and D.3.3.6.
Refer to the section in the Design Report titled Warnings for information
about the seismic provisions of D.3.3.

Seismic Calculations — ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.2
Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2

D.3.3.2 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2
D.3.3.2 — Post-installed structural anchors shall be

qualified for use in cracked concrete and shall have
passed the Simulated Seismic Tests in accordance
with ACI 355.2. Pullout strength Np and steel strength
of the anchor in shear Vsa shall be based on the results
of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests.
PROFIS Anchor will only perform seismic calculations for post-installed
anchors that have been qualified in cracked concrete for seismic conditions.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. These anchors can subsequently be used for seismic design in either cracked
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally or uncracked concrete conditions.
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to Reference D.3.3.3 for information about uncracked concrete and seismic
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 design.
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
PROFIS Anchor will filter out post-installed anchors that are only qualified for
use in uncracked concrete when Seismic design is selected.
Highlighted anchors
are only qualified
for uncracked
concrete, non-seismic
conditions.
Note in the illustrations to the left that the KWIK HUS and Kwik Bolt 3
anchors have been filtered out when seismic conditions are selected. The
KWIK HUS-EZ and Kwik Bolt-TZ anchors remain because they have been
Uncracked concrete qualified for seismic conditions.
seismic design Filtering permits only
selected. anchors qualified for
seismic conditions.

Seismic Calculation — ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 (continued)

ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report

ESR-2322 for HIT-RE 500-SD
αV,seis = reduction for steel

strength in shear
Post-installed anchors may have some additional parameters for seismic

conditions. These parameters will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
αN,seis = reduction for bond Report for the anchor and will be noted as relevant for seismic design.
strength in tension PROFIS Anchor will utilize these parameters when performing seismic
calculations in both cracked and uncracked concrete conditions.


D.3.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
PROFIS Anchor applies a factor = 0.75 to all non-steel design strengths

D.3.3.3 — The anchor design strength associated including Design Bond Strength (ΦNa and ΦNag) per D.3.3.3 and designates
with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75ΦNn this factor as Φseismic.
and 0.75ΦVn where Φ is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and
} seismic design options
When users click on the box titled Seismic design, PROFIS Anchor will apply
Φseismic is NOT applied to Φseismic to all non-steel Design Strength calculations regardless of the seismic
Design Steel Strength option being selected.
ΦNsa and ΦVsa.
Φseismic will be shown in the Results section for each non-steel Design
Strength.
Φseismic IS applied to ALL
non-steel design strengths.
Calculations can be performed

Select Seimic design for either post-installed anchors or for either cracked concrete or
cast-in-place anchors. uncracked concrete conditions.
When users select anchor design for seismic conditions, cracked or

uncracked concrete conditions can be selected.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalified
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.


seismic / uncracked
concrete is selected
If uncracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor
utilizes all relevant parameters and factors for uncracked concrete in the
seismic calculations.
uncracked concrete
Uncracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
parmeters
seismic factors
Seismic factors have been utilized.
seismic / cracked
concrete is selected
If cracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor utilizes
all relevant parameters and factors for cracked concrete in the seismic
calculations.
cracked concrete
Cracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
parmeters
seismic factors
Seismic factors have been utilized.


D.3.3.4 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4
PROFIS Anchor defaults to the provisions of D.3.3.4 when Seismic design is

selected.
D.3.3.4 — Anchors shall be designed to be governed

by the steel strength of a ductile steel element as
determined in accordance with D.5.1 and D.6.1 unless
either D.3.3.5 or D.3.3.6 is satisfied.
When D.3.3.4 is selected two criteria have to be satisfied:

1. t he anchor element selected for use is a ductile steel element per the
definition for “Ductile steel element” given in Part D.1 of ACI 318-08.
This means that the anchor has a “tensile elongation of at least 14
percent” and a “reduction in area of at least 30 percent”. PROFIS
Anchor filters out non-ductile anchor elements when D.3.3.4 is selected
as a seismic design option.
2. t he design steel strengths in tension (ΦNsa) and shear (ΦVsa) must
be the controlling design strengths. The controlling design strength
will correspond to the highest % utilization in the tension and shear
summaries given in Part 3 (tension) and Part 4 (shear) of the PROFIS
Anchor Design Report.


Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F): yes (D.3.3.4) D.3.3.4 is selected as the seismic design option.
Even if all of the % utilization values are ≤ 100%; when D.3.3.4 is selected,
the Design Steel Strength must be the controlling design strength. If ΦNsa
and ΦVsa are not the controlling design strengths and D.3.3.4 has been
selected as the seismic design option, the Design Report will indicate that the
“Fastening does not meet the design criteria”.
All of the % utilization values are ≤ 100% but ΦNsa does not have the highest % utilization.
Fastening does not meet the design criteria!

The provisions of D.3.3.4 have not been satisfied.


D.3.3.5 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5
Select the provisions of D.3.3.5 as a seismic design option if the attachment

is being designed to yield. NOTE: PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the
base plate is rigid.
D.3.3.5 — Instead of D.3.3.4, the attachment that the

anchor is connecting to the structure shall be designed
so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding
at a force level corresponding to anchor forces no
greater than the design strength of anchors specified
in D.3.3.3.
If D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, a message will appear

asking if the user would like to re-input loads corresponding to yielding of
the attachment.
If the original loads input by the user are to be modified so that they
correspond to ductile yielding of the attachment, click on the option titled
Yes. The Enter loads option will appear and modified loads can be input.
Click OK to close the Enter loads option.
If no load modification is desired, click No when the message for re-inputting

loads appears.


When D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, the anchor element can
be ductile or non-ductile, and the Design Steel Strength does not need to be
the controlling design strength.
ACI 318-08 requires a reduction to be applied to Design Strengths

corresponding to non-ductile failure modes if ductility does not control the
design. PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction Φnonductile.
Since the provisions of D.3.3.5 result in a ductile failure mode controlling the
design, the non-ductile reduction is not applied and Φnonductile will be shown in
the Design Report = 1.0. Ductility is assumed to be satisfied by the ductile
yielding of the attachment.
No reduction for non-ductile failure modes is applied.
Fastening meet the design criteria!


D.3.3.6 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
The provisions of D.3.3.6 assume that the failure mode will be brittle, i.e.,
a non-ductile failure mode. A reduction is applied to the calculated Design
Strengths for all non-ductile failure modes in both tension and shear.
Therefore, this reduction is applied to all non-steel Design Strengths as well
as Steel Design Strengths calculated for non-ductile anchor elemments.
PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction as Φnonductile.
D.1 — Definitions D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it

Brittle steel emement — An element with a anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined
tensile test elongation of less than 14 percent, in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud
or reduction in area of less than 30 percent, bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design
or both. strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design The definitions given in ACI 318-08, Part D.1 for a brittle steel element and a
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3. ductile steel element are shown to the left.
Ductile steel element — An element with a
tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
and reduction in area of at least 30 percent.
A steel element meeting the requirements of
ASTM A307 shall be considered ductile.
PROFIS Anchor permits users to input values for Φnonductile ranging from the
default value of 0.4 given in D.3.3.6 to a value of 1.0. Note that ACI 318-08
permits a Φnonductile value = 0.5 to be used for anchorage into stud bearing
walls. The Commentary in RD.3.3.6 states :
“The attachment of light frame stud walls typically involves multiple

anchors that allow for load redistribution. This justifies the use of a less
conservative factor for this case.”
0.4 ≤ Φnonductile ≤ 1.0 Highlight the box for Φnonductile and input input the desired value.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Φnonductile = 0.4. Φnonductile values other than
0.4 should be input only when consideration has been given to modifying
the load factors per the provisions of ASCE 7, or per the governing Building
Code, so as to maintain a global factor of safety that is consistent with
current anchor design practice.


IBC 2009 contains seismic design provisions for anchorage of non-structural
components and anchors designed to resist wall out-of-plane forces.
Essentially, the ductility requirements of ACI 318-08 D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5 can
be waived for these conditions.
PROFIS Anchor users can input a value for Φnonductile = 1.0 when assuming the
provisions of IBC 1908.1.9 are relevant for their anchorage. This will permit
anchor design that includes both ductile and non-ductile anchor elements.
The Warnings section of the Design Report notes considerations that should
be made when inputting values for Φnonductile different from the ACI 318-08,
Part D.3.3.6 default value of 0.4.

ACI 318-11

calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.
ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
ACI 318-11 Adhesive Anchor Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
ACI 318-11 Provisions
228
Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1

D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3 contains the provisions for seismic design of
anchorages into concrete.
D.3.3.1 — Anchors in structures assigned to Seismic Seismic design provisions are used when designing anchorages that include
Design Category C, D, E, or F shall satisfy the additional earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C
requirements of D.3.3.2 through D.3.3.7. through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
“Loads” tab then clicking on the box titled “Seismic design”.
When Seismic design is selected, the user can select design using the
provisions of D.3.3.4 for tension load conditions, or design using the
provisions of D.3.3.5 for shear load conditions. Unlike ACI 318-08, which
requires seismic provisions to be utilized simultaneously for tension and shear
load conditions; ACI 318-11 seismic provisions can be utilized for tension
only, shear only, or both tension and shear.
When users select seismic tension as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) through (d). Likewise,
when users select seismic shear as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) through (c),
PROFIS Anchor will default to the provisions of D.3.3.4.3(a) and D.3.3.5.3(a)

when seismic design is selected. If calculations for tension only, or shear
only are desired, click on “None” for the load condition not requiring seismic
calculations.
Refer to the Design Guide sections on each of these options for additional
information.


D.3.3.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2 As noted in the commentary RD.3.3.2, the design of anchors in plastic hinge
zones is beyond the scope of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.
D.3.3.2 — The provisions of Appendix D do not apply The design of anchors in plastic hinge zones is likewise beyond the scope of
to the design of anchors in plastic hinge zones of the ACI 318-11, Appendix D version of PROFIS Anchor.
concrete structures under earthquake forces.


D.3.3.3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3 Since the implementation of strength design provisions for anchors into the
ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes, a key requirement regarding the use of post
installed anchors with these provisions, is that post-installed anchors must be
D.3.3.3 — Post-installed anchors shall be qualified for earthquake loading in accordance with
qualified by testing according to an approved standard or criteria. The testing
ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4. The pullout strength Np and steel strength in shear Vsa of expansion and
provides data specific to the performance characteristics of the anchor.
undercut anchors shall be based on the results of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests. For
This data can then be used to design the anchor with the strength design
adhesive anchors, the steel strength in shear Vsa and the characteristic bond stresses τuncr and
provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes.
τcr shall be based on results of the ACI 355.4 Simulated Seismic Tests.
ACI has developed a test standard, designated ACI 355.2, to qualify
mechanical anchors for use with the provisions of Appendix D. ACI has
ESR-1917 likewise developed (beginning with ACI 318-11) a test standard, designated
Kwik Bolt-TZ ACI 355.4, to qualify adhesive anchors for use with the provisions of
Appendix D. The ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria designated AC193 and AC308
are used to qualify mechanical and adhesive anchors, respectively, for use
with the International Building Codes (IBC). AC193 and AC308 also utilize the
provisions of ACI 355.2 and ACI 355.4.
The illustrations to the left show how the values for Np, Vsa, τuncr and τcr are
given in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. Post-installed anchor Evaluation
Service Reports provide data, derived from testing in accordance with the
test standards and Acceptance Criteria noted above, that can be used to
design the anchor with the strength design provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC
Building Codes.
ESR-2322
HIT-RE 500-SD

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1

D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4 contains provisons for seismic design of anchors
subjected to tensile loading.
D.3.3.4.1 — Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
single anchor or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor tension calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
tensile force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1. for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Nua), seismic tension calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal tension strengths will
Nua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S Equation (9-5) be calculated per Part D.5 without any additional seismic-specific factors.
E ≤ 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S) If E ≤ 0.2Nua, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.
The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E Equation (9-7) equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
E ≤ 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E ) If E ≤ 0.2Nua, waive provisions of D.3.3.4. include an earthquake component, designated E.
ФNn ≥ Nua Table D.4.1.1 Per D.3.3.4.1, if E ≤ 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5. Equation (9-7), the seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4 can be waived.
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to tension load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.4.1 have been satisfied, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected. PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.5 and Table D.4.1.1.
Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) when the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 (continued)

PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to
the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between
factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been
factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the
governing building code.
Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the
main screen, as illustrated to the left.
Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to tension load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5 and design
tension strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.


D.3.3.4.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
D.3.3.4.2 — Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
calculated for the overall factored load (Nua).
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.4.3. The anchor design tensile
strength shall be determined in accordance with D.3.3.4.4.
Nua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S Equation (9-5) The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S) If E > 0.2Nua, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4. equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
include an earthquake component, designated E.
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E Equation (9-7)
E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E ) If E > 0.2Nua, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.
When the provisions of D.3.3.4.2 are utilized, nominal tension strengths will
ФNn ≥ Nua Table D.4.1.1 be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension strengths will be calculated per
0.75ФNn ≥ Nua Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5. D.3.3.4.4, which requires an additional seismic-specific reduction factor
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1. of 0.75 to be applied. The tension design strength calculations performed
Seismic design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4. by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in
a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of

ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specific parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.4.4 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in
tension.
1 Input data
Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d))
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)
Shear load: no


factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated
per Part D.5 and design tension strengths will be calculated per D.3.3.4.4.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a)

D.3.3.4.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) address design of a ductile anchor
element, such that the steel strength of the element is the controlling
strength for a seismic anchorage. In order to satisfy these provisions, a
D.3.3.4.3 — Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):
check must be made to determine if the steel strength of a ductile anchor
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength element will be the lowest, i.e. controlling strength, versus non-steel strengths
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed corresponding to non-steel anchor failure modes. This check is made by
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of calculating the ratio of factored load to a defined “strength” for each possible
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those anchor failure mode in tension, and comparing the results to one another. If
anchors. In each case: the ratio corresponding to steel failure exceeds all of the ratios corresponding
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor. to non-steel failure modes, the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 1 and 2
have been satisfied.
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For PROFIS Anchor will filter out anchor elements that are by definition non-
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected. Part D.1 defines a ductile anchor
stressed anchor. element as "An element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
In addition, the following shall be satisfied: and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent".
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of Subsections 3 - 5 are serviceability requirements.
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.
Subsection 6 defines the type of reinforcing bars that can be used with the
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against
provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a).
buckling.
5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, all of the provisions in Subsections 1 - 6
their entire length, the ratio of futa/fya shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded must be satisfied. The Design Guide section for each subsection of
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length. D.3.3.4.3 (a) provides specific information about these subsections, and
their implementation into PROFIS Anchor.
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects
shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2
(a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a)
as follows:
(1) Click on the Loads tab.
(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (a) indicates a ductile failure of the
anchor element is the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) are selected, and the internal checks
described in Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfied, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
using the Ф-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the
Ф-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.
PROFIS Anchor will likewise calculate the seismic tension design strength for
each relevant failure mode per Part D.3.3.4.4. An additional reduction of 0.75
will be applied to all non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates
this factor Фseismic.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) require the steel strength of a ductile
anchor element to be the controlling strength for a seismic anchorage. In
order to satisfy these provisions, the ratio of factored load to a defined
D.3.3.4.3 —
"strength" for each possible anchor failure mode in tension is calculated.
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, PROFIS Anchor performs an internal check
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of using the strength values defined in Subsections 1 and 2.
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those
Subsection 1 defines the ratio of (factored load / strength) for steel failure.
anchors. In each case:
This ratio is expressed as:
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.
( Nua,i / 1.2Nsa )
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For ua,i = the most highly stressed anchor in the group
where: N
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly
and
stressed anchor.
Nsa = n
ominal steel strength calculated per Equation (D-2) in
Part D.5.1.2. for a cast-in-place anchor.
Nsa = n
ominal steel strength given in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for a post-installed anchor
Subsection 2 defines the ratio of (factored load / strength) for non-steel

failure. This ratio is expressed as:
( Nua / NN )
where: Nua = t he total factored load acting on the anchors in tension for all
failure modes except pullout
and
Nua,i = t he most highly stressed anchor in the group (pullout)
NN = n
ominal strengths for concrete breakout, pullout, side-face
blowout and bond as applicable for a particular anchor type
(cast-in-place or post-installed).
The ratio (factored load/strength) is shown on the main screen of PROFIS

Anchor in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). If
(Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) exceeds (Nua / NN) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization (%) values will be shown in black.
If the ratio (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) for steel failure is less than the ratio (Nua / NN)
for any possible non-steel failure mode relevant to an anchor, the steel
Utilization (%) value, and any non-steel Utilization (%) value that exceeds
the steel value, will be shown in red. A message will appear in the Messages
pane indicating the steel strength of the anchor is not the controlling strength.
The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections

1 and 2 have been satisfied. The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections
1 and 2 have not been satisfied.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 (continued)
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfied: design strengths are calculated per D.3.3.4.4. If (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) exceeds (Nua / NN) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization = βN values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to
(Nua,i / ФsteelNsa) for steel strength, and (Nua / ФseismicФNNN) for non-steel
strengths. The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of
the design report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal
strength provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the
selected anchor.
ФN-factors will be based on the provisions of D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors
and the values given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide sections on tension
calculations for more information about Ф-factors specific to a particular
failure mode.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will also show an additional Ф-factor, which
PROFIS Anchor designates Фseismic, being applied to non-steel design
strengths per the provisions of D.3.3.4.4. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design
Guide section on Part D.3.3.4.4 for more information about Фseismic.
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are not satisfied: the parameters used to check these If (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa) is less than (Nua / NN) for any possible non-steel failure mode
subsections are shown in Part 3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report. relevant to an anchor, the Utilization = βN values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to (Nua,i / 1.2Nsa)
for steel strength, and (Nua / NN) for non-steel strengths. The statement “not
recommended” will appear under the heading Status for any non-steel
failure mode having a utilization that exceeds the steel strength utilization.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal strength
provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the selected
anchor. The Фsteel value will be shown = 1.2, and the ФN values will be shown
= 1.0, for both cast-in-place anchors and post-installed anchors. The Фseismic
value will also be shown = 1.0 for both cast-in-place anchors and post-
installed anchors.
Since the check required per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 has not been
satisfied, design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4 are not relevant. Instead,
the calculations given in Part 3 of the design report for each failure mode will
show the parameters used to perform the checks of Subsections 1 and 2.
This will permit the user to verify why the checks have not been satisfied.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 3 is a serviceability requirement.
Stretch length is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.1 as the “length of anchor,
D.3.3.4.3 — extending beyond concrete in which it is anchored, subject to full tensile
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength load applied to anchor, and for which cross-sectional area is minimum and
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed constant”. Examples of stretch length are illustrated in ACI 318-11,
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of Fig. RD.1.3. Refer to the ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 for more
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those information about stretch length.
Parameters related to stretch length are not within the scope of PROFIS
In addition, the following shall be satisfied: Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 3.
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 3 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis. is selected.
Information about the available thread length of Hilti post-installed anchors

can be obtained in the Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.

D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 4 is a serviceability requirement.
When an anchor designed to include a stretch length is subjected to

D.3.3.4.3 — compression load, buckling should be considered. The ACI 318-11
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 suggests placing the anchor in a tube that does not
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed contribute to the tension capacity of the anchor. Refer to the Commentary
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of RD.3.3.4.3 for more information about Subsection 4.
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those
Parameters related to anchor buckling are not within the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 4.
In addition, the following shall be satisfied: PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 4 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against is selected.
buckling.


D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5
D.3.3.4.3 —
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed The provisions of subsection 5 are not within the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy subsection 5. PROFIS Anchor
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those will assume that subsection 5 is satisfied when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected.
In addition, the following shall be satisfied:
5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over
their entire length, the ratio of futa/fya shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.
The illustration to the left shows a steel element that is not threaded over its
entire length. The threaded portion is upset. The upset portion shall not be
included in the stretch length per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 5.


D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
D.3.3.4.3 —
these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualified Hilti adhesive
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
the tensile load on the most highly stressed anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of the element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those anchors. In each case: Chapter 12.
In addition, the following shall be satisfied:
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60. adhesive anchor systems have been modified such that the Ф-factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle Ф-factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modification, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to define a ductile steel
element:
≥
14% tensile test elongation
and
≥ 30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile Ф-factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the Ф-factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.4.3 (a) 6 and Part
21.1.5.2 in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for
ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel
elements. Therefore, the Ф-factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance
with the Evaluation Service Reports, but the design calculations assume
ductility per the ACI 318 Building Code.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)

D.3.3.4.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed
to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor
elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected.
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can be PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (b)
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile is selected.
yield mechanism in the attachment in flexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects for Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the
the attachment. The anchor design tensile strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4. responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions
of D.3.3.4.3 (b). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
program for base plate design !! It uses a rigid base plate assumption when
determining the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the
distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(b) indicates yielding of the attachment is
the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode using the
Ф-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the Ф-factors
given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The tension
design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the
loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318
Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all non-
steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor Фseismic.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) (continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If “Yes” is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click “OK”,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (b) is a tension design
parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b).
If “No” is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
will remain.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input
in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by
PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a
manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the

responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of
D.3.3.4.3 (b).
An axial tension load has been input.
Moments are also shown acting

about the x-axis and y-axis. PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base
plate design !! It calculates a resultant tension load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: axial tension, moment about the x-axis and
moment about the y-axis assuming a linear-elastic stress/strain distribution.
Referencing Part 2 of the design Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
report, it can be seen that the tensile load distribution is statically determinate and is determined using the load
loads are distributed among the values that have been input by the user.
anchors in a manner that provides a
statically determinate solution. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
The base plate is assumed to be respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
rigid.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c)

D.3.3.4.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) When D.3.3.4.3 (c) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not filter
out anchor elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (c) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3
be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. The anchor design tensile (c) is selected.
strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.
The Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 cites wood sill plates as an example of the
anchorage design being controlled by an attachment that fails in a non-
ductile manner. The wood is assumed to crush prior to anchor failure. Design
of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the responsibility
of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c).
PROFIS Anchor uses a rigid base plate assumption when determining the
resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load
among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(c) indicates a brittle failure mode controls
the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent
with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all

non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor Фseismic.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)

D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored
(d) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension obtained tension load that includes an overstrength factor Ω0 in the earthquake
from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by Ω0. The anchor design component E. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor elements that are by
tensile strength shall satisfy the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1. definition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected. This permits all of the
cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11
seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
Ω0 overstrength factor. Ω0 is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for Ω0 are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include Ω0 values in Chapter 13 (seismic

design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (d).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (d) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an Ω0 overstrength factor.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
Part D.3.3.4.4 requires the "anchor design tensile strength for resisting
earthquake forces" to be calculated using a factor of 0.75 applied to
non-steel design strengths. Although D.3.3.4.3 (d) does not reference Part
D.3.3.4.4, PROFIS Anchor applies an additional reduction of 0.75 to all
non-steel design strengths when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected in order to be
consistent with D.3.3.4.4. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor Фseismic.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) (continued)

When D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include Ω0 in the earthquake factor
(E).
If “Yes” is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click “OK”,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (d) is a tension design
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
If “No” is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
will remain.
building code.
Nua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5)

Nua = (1.2 + 0.2SDS) D + Ω0 QE +1.0L + 0.2S ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2) The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
how the Ω0 overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
Nua = 0.9D + 1.0E ACI 318-11 Equation (9-7) factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
Nua = (0.9D - 0.2SDS) D + Ω0 QE +1.6H ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)

D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.4.2, the seismic tension provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored tension load being greater than
20% of the total factored tension load. Therefore, per D.3.3.4.1, the tension
D.3.3.4.1 — Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a single anchor
design for a given anchorage does not need to be performed using the
or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile
seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the earthquake component of the factored
force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single
tension load is less than or equal to 20% of the total factored tension load.
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
The shear design must still be performed using the seismic provisions of
D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is greater
than 20% of the total factored shear load. It is the responsibility of the user to
determine the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor.
When the earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still
be performed for shear load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for tension and select None
If None is selected as a seismic design option for tension, PROFIS Anchor

will calculate the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode
per Table D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place
anchors, and the Ф-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-
installed anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for shear only,
the parameter for “Tension load” in Part 1 will indicate “no”, as shown in the
the illustration to the left.
Tension calculations in Part 3 of the design report will likewise not include
the 0.75 reduction factor that PROFIS Anchor designates Фseismic if None has
been selected as a seismic tension option.


D.3.3.4.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4
D.3.3.4.4 — The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from
consideration of (a) through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the
concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the concrete remains uncracked:
(a) ФNsa for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of
anchors;
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all
non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
(b) 0
.75ФNcb or 0.75ФNcbg, except that Ncb or Ncbg need not be calculated where anchor
seismic conditions.
reinforcement satisfying D.5.2.9 is provided;
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as Фseismic, and
(c) 0.75ФNpn for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
of anchors; design has been selected.
(d) 0
.75ФNsb or 0.75ФNsbg; and
(e) 0.75ФNa or 0.75ФNag
where Ф is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.
PROFIS Anchor users select seismic design provisions by clicking on the

Seismic design icon in the Loads tab.
When cast-in-place anchors have been selected, PROFIS Anchor calculates

the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors
given in D.4.3. When post-installed anchors have been selected, PROFIS
Anchor calculates the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1
using the Ф-factors given in the anchor Evaluation Service Report. The
tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI
318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as Фseismic, and
applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when the Seismic
design option is selected.
Ф-factors are shown in the Results section of the design report.
PROFIS Anchor users can select cracked or uncracked concrete as a design

option by clicking on the dropdown in the Base material box of the Base
material tab.
Calculations will be performed for both seismic and non-seismic conditions

using parameters corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete.


D.3.3.4.5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5
When Part D.5.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength

D.3.3.4.5 — Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.5.2.9, no reduction in design in tension are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes
tensile strength beyond that specified in D.5.2.9 shall be required. this failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.4.5 indicates that no additional
reduction factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design
strength of the anchor reinforcement (ФAsfy) calculated per D.5.2.9.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option

to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-
place anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor

reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.


D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5 contains provisions for seismic design of anchors
subjected to shear loading.
D.3.3.5.1 — Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated shear calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1. for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (Vua), seismic shear calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal shear strengths will be
Vua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S Equation (9-5)
calculated per Part D.6 without any additional seismic-specific factors.
E ≤ 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S) If E ≤ 0.2Vua, waive provisions of D.3.3.5.
The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E Equation (9-7) equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
E ≤ 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E ) If E ≤ 0.2Vua, waive provisions of D.3.3.5. include an earthquake component, designated E.
ФVn ≥ Vua Table D.4.1.1 Per D.3.3.5.1, if E ≤ 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Nominal strength calculations per Part D.6. Equation (9-7), the seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5 can be waived.
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1. Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6. Design shear
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to shear load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.5.1 have been satisfied, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected, and PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.6 and Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.


factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to shear load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6 and design
shear strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.


D.3.3.5.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
D.3.3.5.2 — Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
calculated for the overall factored load (Vua).
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.5.3. The anchor design shear The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined in accordance with D.6. equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
include an earthquake component, designated E.
Vua = 1
.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S Equation (9-5) When the provisions of D.3.3.5.2 are utilized, nominal shear strengths are
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S) If E > 0.2Vua, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1. calculated per Part D.6. PROFIS Anchor calculates design shear strengths
per Table D.4.1.1.
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E Equation (9-7)
E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E ) If E > 0.2Vua, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1. The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)
applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations
ФVn ≥ Vua Table D.4.1.1 and designated this factor as Фseismic in the design report. It was reasoned that
ФVn ≥ Vua Nominal strength calculations per Part D.6. the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1. provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,
it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when
calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with
PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show Фseismic = 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D
seismic shear calculations.
PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current
version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor

1 Input data PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of
Tension load: no ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (a)) seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specific parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.5.3 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in shear.

factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal shear strengths are calculated per
Part D.6. Design shear strengths are calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)
and designated this factor as Фseismic in the design report. It was reasoned that
the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic
provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with
ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a)

D.3.3.5.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed
to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor
elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected.
D.3.3.5.3 — Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
(a) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3 (a)
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile is selected.
yield mechanism in the attachment in flexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects in the PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
attachment. as follows:
(2) Click on the icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic
design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (a) indicates yielding of the fixture is the
controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the Ф-factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that
are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix
D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
updates.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)
When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If “Yes” is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click “OK”, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (a) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a).
If ”No” is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)

Design of the fixture is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the
responsibility of the user to design the fixture to satisfy the provisions of
Shear loads have been input with D.3.3.5.3 (a). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
respect to the x and y directions. program for base plate design!
A torsion moment is also shown
acting about the z-axis.
PROFIS Anchor calculates a resultant shear load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: shear load in the x-direction, shear load in the
y-direction and torsion moment about the z-axis. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
load distribution is statically determinate and is based on the load values that
have been input by the user.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
Referencing Part 2 of the design respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
report, it can be seen that the shear
loads are distributed among the Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Factored Load
anchors in a manner that provides a Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when a
statically determinate solution. torsion moment is assumed to act on the anchorage.
The base plate is assumed to be
rigid.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b)

D.3.3.5.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b) When D.3.3.5.3 (b) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not filter
out anchor elements that are by definition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (b) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3
transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. (b) is selected.
The Commentary RD.3.3.5 provides information relevant to the design of

anchorages controlled by the strength of a non-yielding attachment, such
as a wood sill plate. Design of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It is the responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy
the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (b) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the Ф-factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
updates.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c)

D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored shear
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear obtained from load that includes an overstrength factor Ω0 in the earthquake component E.
design load combinations that include E, with E increased by Ω0. The anchor design shear PROFIS Anchor will not filter out anchor elements that are by definition non-
strength shall satisfy the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1. ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to
be used when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
Ω0 overstrength factor. Ω0 is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for Ω0 are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include Ω0 values in Chapter 13 (seismic

design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear. and select D.3.3.5.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (c) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an Ω0 overstrength factor.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
updates.

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) (continued)

When D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include Ω0 in the earthquake factor
(E).
If “Yes” is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click “OK”, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (c) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
If “No” is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.
Vua = 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5) The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
Vua = (1.2 + 0.2SDS) D + Ω0 QE +1.0L + 0.2S ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2) how the Ω0 overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
Vua = 0.9D + 1.0E ACI 318-11 Equation (9-7)
Vua = (0.9D - 0.2SDS) D + Ω0 QE +1.6H ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)

Seismic Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)

D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.5.2, the seismic shear provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored shear load being greater than
20% of the total factored shear load. Per D.3.3.5.1, the shear design for a
D.3.3.5.1 — Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or
given anchorage does not need to be performed using the seismic provisions
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated
of D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy
than or equal to 20% of the total factored shear load. The tension design
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
must still be performed using the seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is greater than 20% of
the total factored tension load. It is the responsibility of the user to determine
the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
When the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select None.
If None is selected as a seismic design option for shear, PROFIS Anchor will
calculate the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table
D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors,
and the Ф-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for tension
only, the parameter for “Shear load” in Part 1 will indicate “no”, as shown in
the illustration to the left.
updates.


D.3.3.5.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 When Part D.6.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength
in shear are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes this
failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.5.4 indicates that no additional reduction
D.3.3.5.4 — Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.6.2.9, no reduction in design
factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design strength of the
shear strength beyond that specified in D.6.2.9 shall be required.
anchor reinforcement (ФAsfy) calculated per D.6.2.9.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option

to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-
place anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor

reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.


D.3.3.6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6
ACI 318-11 Part D.7 contains provisions for checking the capacity of an
D.3.3.6 — Single anchors or groups of anchors that are subjected to both tension and shear forces shall anchorage when it is subjected to both tension and shear forces. PROFIS
be designed to satisfy the requirements of D.7, with the anchor design tensile strength calculated from Anchor checks the combined tension and shear capacity of an anchorage
D.3.3.4.4. using the tri-linear equation given by Equation (D-42) and the parabolic
equation given in Fig. RD.7 of the Commentary RD.7.
Refer to the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for combined tension and
shear.
PROFIS Anchor calculates tension and shear design strengths for each
relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1 using the Ф-factors given in Part D.4.3
for cast-in-place anchors, and the Ф-factors given in the Evaluation Service
Report for post-installed anchors.
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all

non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
seismic tension conditions. The PROFIS Anchor design report designates
the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as Фseismic, and PROFIS Anchor calculations
apply this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
design has been selected.
updates.


D.3.3.7 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7
ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
D.3.3.7 — Anchor reinforcement used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
shall be deformed reinforcement and shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60. these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualified Hilti adhesive
anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
Chapter 12.
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are

ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
adhesive anchor systems have been modified such that the Ф-factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle Ф-factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modification, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to define a ductile steel
element:
≥ 14% tensile test elongation

and
≥ 30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile Ф-factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the Ф-factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.7 and Part 21.1.5.2
in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for ASTM A615
Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60 reinforcing bars
based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel elements. Therefore,
the Ф-factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance with the Evaluation
Service Reports, but the design calculations assume ductility per the ACI 318
Building Code.

ACI 318-11 Adhesive Anchor Provisions
Equations — ANa
ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1(b) ANa is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 as “the projected influence area
of a single adhesive anchor or group of adhesive anchors that shall be
Assume: approximated as a rectilinear area that projects outward a distance cNa
from the centerline of the adhesive anchor, or in the case of a group of
ca1 and ca2 < cNa
adhesive anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent adhesive anchors”.
s1 and s2 < 2cNa It corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
from the bonding of adhesive anchors.
√
τuncr
cNa = 10d cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21), which is also given in Part
a 1100 (D-21) D.5.5.1. ANa is determined in a similar manner to ANc, the area of influence
assumed to develop for concrete breakout in tension, per Part D.5.2.1. The
difference being that when calculating ANa, cNa is substituted for 1.5 hef and
2cNa is substituted for 3hef .
Prior to 2012, ANa was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Section D.5.3.7, which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
Equation (D-16d). scr,Na denoted the “critical spacing” between anchors
and projected distances used to calculate ANa were calculated with this
parameter. The ACI 318-11 parameter cNa is not the same as the ICC-ES
ANa = (cNa + s1 + ca1) (cNa + s2 + ca2) AC308 parameter scr,Na/2. Refer to the ACI 318-08 Bond Strength section
of the Design Guide for more information about calculations using ICC-ES
AC308 provisions.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. It

corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(b) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ANa in the Equations
section and the calculated value for ANa in the Calculations section.
or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value.

Equations — ANa (continued)


Equations — ANa0
ANa0 ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-20) ANa0 is defined in Part D.5.5.1 as “the projected influence area of a single
adhesive anchor with an edge distance equal to or greater than cNa”. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
edges or proximate anchors. cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21),
which is also given in Part D.5.5.1.
ANa0 is determined in a similar manner to ANc0, the area of influence for

concrete breakout in tension that is assumed to develop for a single anchor,
per Part D.5.2.1. The difference being that when calculating ANa0, cNa is
substituted for 1.5 hef.
Prior to 2012, ANa0 was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Equation (D-16c), which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa0 were calculated with this
AC308 parameter scr,Na/2. Refer to the ACI 318-08 Bond Strength section
AC308 provisions.
ANa0 = (2cNa)2 (D-20) The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0. It
corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(a) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
√
τuncr Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-20) for
cNa = 10d 1100 (D-21) ANa0 in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ANa0 in the
a
Calculations section.
Equations — cNa
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-21) cNa is defined in as the “projected distance from the center of an anchor shaft
√
τuncr on one side of the anchor required to develop full bond strength of a single
cNa = 10d 1100 adhesive anchor.” Wheras nominal concrete breakout strength calculations
a
for area parameters such as ANc and ANc0 assume a maximum projected
distance from an anchor of 1.5 hef, bond strength calculations for the area
parameters ANa and ANa0 assume a maximum projected distance from an
anchor of cNa.
The illustrations to the left show how cNa is assumed to define the maximum
projected distance from an anchor when an edge distance is infinite. The
maximum spacing assumed for bond strength calculations equals 2cNa.
cNa is also used to calculate the ψ-modification factors for bond strength.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-21) for cNa in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for cNa in the Calculations
section.

Equations — cNa (continued)

ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-21)
√
τuncr
cNa = 10d 1100
a
PROFIS Anchor calculates cNa per Equation (D-21). using the nominal thread
diameter of the anchor element and the “characteristic bond stress of an
adhesive anchor in uncracked concrete” (tuncr). Select an anchor diameter by
using the drop down in the Filter pane located on the left side of the main
screen. Values for tuncr are derived from testing and given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The figures to the left illustrate how to select
an anchor diameter in PROFIS Anchor, and how the characteristic bond
strength values are given in an Evaluation Service Report.
To view the anchor portfolios in PROFIS Anchor, click on the View tab, then
check the box for Filter pane.
The Filter pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.
For more information about the features of the Filter pane, go to the PROFIS
Anchor video tutorials and open the tutorial for Set-Up.

Equations — cNa (continued)

material tab, then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
The following assumptions are relevant for anchor design using PROFIS
Anchor. Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by
loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically
assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and
distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With
consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic
loading, flexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield
are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked
concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity
can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement
at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for
uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be
shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-
installed anchors must be prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as
for seismic loading.
The tool tip for the cracked/uncracked option summarizes the above
assumptions.
Equations — Na
( ) ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-18) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive
Na = ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba anchor (Na). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-18) is given
ANa 0 in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-18) for Na in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Na in the Results section.
Equations — Nag
( )
ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-19) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
Nag = ψec,Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba anchors (Nag). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-19) is
ANa 0 given in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
The nominal bond strength equation for anchor groups that was given in
ICC-ES AC308 as Equation (D-16b), and was used with ACI 318-08 Appendix
D provisions, included a modification factor for group action that was
designated ψg,Na. This factor is not included in the adhesive anchor provisions
of ACI 318-11 Part D.5.5. Refer to the Design Guide section on ACI 318-08
bond strength calculations for more information about ψg,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-19) for Nag in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nag in the Results section.

Equations — Nba
Cracked Concrete ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2 Equation (D-22) Nba is defined as the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor in
tension. It corresponds to the bond strength in tension of a single adhesive
Nba = λa tcr αN,seis κbond π da hef D.5.5.2 — The basic bond strength of a single anchor without any influences due to base material geometry. Basic bond
adhesive anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nba, strength was previously designated Na0 in ICC-ES AC308, and it was
shall not exceed calculated using Equation (D-16f). This parameter was used with ACI 318-08
Uncracked Concrete Appendix D provisions.
Nba = λa tcr π da hef (D-22)
Nba = λa tuncr αN,seis κbond π da hef Per Part D.5.5.2, Nba can be calculated for cracked concrete or uncracked
The characteristic bond stress, tcr, shall be taken as concrete conditions by using a characteristic bond stress value (t)
the 5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and corresponding to the relevant condition. Characteristic bond stress values are
evaluated according to ACI 355.4. derived from testing, and will be published in the Evaluation Service Report
Where analysis indicates cracking at service load for the anchor. t values are also dependent on the type of anchor element,
levels, adhesive anchors shalll be qualified for use in e.g. threaded rod, rebar, etc.
cracked concrete in accordance with ACI 355.4 αN,seis is a parameter derived from testing that is used in the Nba calculations
For adhesive anchors located in a region of a concrete when seismic conditions are assumed.
member where analysis indicates no cracking at κbond is a parameter corresponding to the condition of the drilled hole. This
service load levels, tuncr shall be permitted to be used parameter is only used to calculate Nba for the HIT RE 500-SD Adhesive
in place of tcr in Eq. (D-22) and shall be taken as the Anchor System.
5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4 More detailed information about the parameters λa, t, αN,seis, κbond, da and hef is
given in the section of this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
variables.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-22) for Nba in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nba in the Calculations
section.

are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in (0.5
mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked
assumptions.

Equations— ΦNa or ΦNag versus Nua

ΦNa or ΦNag ≥ Nua ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1 Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (ΦNn) to a Factored
Service Load (Nua).
Table D.4.1.1 — Required strength of anchors, except as
noted in D.3.3 ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 illustrates how this concept is utilized when
calculating the various failure modes associated with anchor design.
Anchor group*
Failure mode Single anchor Individual anchor Anchors as a The design bond strength for a single anchor (ΦNa) is checked against the
in a group group factored load acting on a single anchor.
Steel strangth in The design bond strength for an anchor group (ΦNag) is compared to the
ΦNsa ≥ Nua ΦNsa ≥ Nua,l
tension (D.5.1) factored load acting on the anchor group.
Concrete breakout
PROFIS Anchor users can input loads for ACI 318-11 design by clicking on
strength in tension ΦNcb ≥ Nua ΦNcbg ≥ Nua,g
the desired parameter in the graphic on the main screen, or by inputting a
(D.5.2)
value in the table below the graphic.
Pullout strength in
ΦNpn ≥ Nua ΦNpn ≥ Nua,l It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input
tension (D.5.3)
Concrete side-face PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a
blowout strength in ΦNsb ≥ Nua ΦNsbg ≥ Nua,g manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
tension (D.5.4) building code.
Bond strength of
adhesive anchor in ΦNa ≥ Nua ΦNag ≥ Nua,g
tension (D.5.5)
Steel strength in
ΦVsa ≥ Vua ΦVsa ≥ Vua,l
shear (D.6.1)
Concrete breakout
strength in shear ΦVcb ≥ Vua ΦVcbg ≥ Vua,g
(D.6.2)
Concrete pryout
strength in shear ΦVcp ≥ Vua ΦVcpg ≥ Vua,g
(D.6.3)
*Required strengths for steel and pullout failure modes shall be calculated
for the most highly stressed anchor in the group.
PROFIS Anchor users select ACI 318-11 Strength Design provisions by

clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11.

Equations— ΦNa or ΦNag versus Nua (continued)

3. Tension load A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service
Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor design report.
Load Nua (lb) Capacity ΦNn (lb) Utilization βN = Nua / ΦNn Status
Steel Strength* 1250 3653 35 OK

Bond Strength** 5000 6165 82 OK
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* 750 2553 30 OK
Concrete Breakout Strength** 5000 8803 57 OK
* anchor having the highest loading ** anchor group (anchors in tension)
The design bond strength and factored load for the application are shown in
Results Part 3.2 of the design report.
Nag (lb) Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb]
12645 0.650 0.750 1.000 6165 5000

Equations— ψcp,Na
{ }
ca,min cNa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.5 Equation (D-27) ψcp,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for splitting. It is only
ψcp,Na = MAXIMUM : calculated for post-installed anchors when uncracked concrete conditions
cac cac are assumed.
The critical edge distance for splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance
needed to preclude splitting in uncracked concrete. When the minimum fixed
edge distance ca,min is less than cac, and uncracked concrete conditions have
been assumed for post-installed anchor installation, ψcp,Na is calculated per
Equation (D-27).
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-27) for
ψcp,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψcp,Na in the
assumptions.
4.1.10 Critical Edge Distance cac: 4.1.10.2 — Threaded Rod, Steel Reinforcing Bars and Hilti HIS-N and cac corresponds to the “critical edge distance required to develop the
4.1.10.1 Hilti HIT-Z and HIT-Z-R Anchor Rods: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, for HIS-RN Inserts: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, cac must be determined as follows: basic strength as controlled by concrete breakout or bond of a post-
( ) [ ]
the calculation of Ncb and Ncbg in accordance with D.5.2.7 and Section 4.1.3 tk,uncr 0.4 h installed anchor in tension in uncracked concrete without supplementary
of this report, the critical edge distance, cac must be determined as follows: cac = hef · · max 3.1-0.7 ; 1.4 Eq. (4-1) reinforcement to control splitting”. cac is determined using provisions given in
1160 hef the Evaluation Service Report for an anchor system.
i. cac = 1.5 hef for h/hef ≥ 2.35
where tk,uncr is the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, h is the Refer to the Evaluation Service Report for provisions specific to a particular
ii. cac = 3.5 hef for h/hef ≤ 1.35 member thickness, and hef is the embedment depth. anchor element when determining cac. The illustrations to the left show the
For definitions of h and hef see Figure 1. provisions in ESR-3187 for determining cac for the HIT-Z anchor element and
other anchor elements that can be used with HIT-HY 200.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows cac for bond strength
calculations in the Variables section.

Equations— ψcp,Na (continued)

PROFIS Anchor users can input edge distance parameters directly on the
main screen. Place the cursor over the desired edge, highlight it, and input
the desired value.
Edge distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base material tab,

Equations — ψec,Na
( )
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23) ψec,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
1 eccentrically in tension. This factor is only utilized for anchor groups.
ψec,Na = 1 + e′N
Per D.5.5.3, the distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid
cNa of the anchors that are in tension (e′N) can be defined by a distance in the
x direction from the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the
centroid. ψec,Na is therefore calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each
direction. PROFIS Anchor designates the modification factor for eccentricity
in the x direction as ψec1,Na, and the modification factor for eccentricity in the y
direction as ψec2,Na.
More detailed information about ψec1,Na and ψec2,Na is given in the Calculations
section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength.
Reference the Variables section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength and the
Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for information on how
PROFIS Anchor calculates the eccentricity parameters ec1,N and ec2,N.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for ACI
318-11 Bond Strength.
ψec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψec,Na in the
2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces
Load case: Design loads anchorage. It uses a finite element program and rigid base plate assumption
to determine the resultant axial loads.
Anchor reactions [lb]
When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) tension and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y and magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the
anchors. The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension
1 4529 1667 1667 0 and compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
2 1796 1667 1667 0 forces of the design report. The value for e′N used in the calculation of ψec,Na
corresponds to the distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of
3 0 1667 1667 0 the anchors that are in tension.
4 4529 1667 1667 0
For the application illustrated to the left, the resultant tension force is located
5 1796 1667 1667 0 8.592" in the y+ direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
6 0 1667 1667 0 #4 and #5 are in tension, and their centroid is located 6" from the center
max. concrete compressive strain: 0.08 [%] of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity e'N for this application
max. concrete compressive stress: 345 [psi] equals 8.592" - 6.00" = 2.592".
resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/8.592) 12649 [lb]
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/-11.962): 12649 [lb]


building code.
Users can input the spacing parameters directly on the main screen. Place
the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value.


NOTE: P


Base plate length and width can also be input by clicking on the Anchor
plate tab, then clicking on the icon titled Customize geometry.
NOTE: P

Equations — ψed,Na
( )
ca,min ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.4 Equation (D-25) ψed,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for edge effects. This factor
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 is calculated for a single anchor, or for an anchor group when any fixed edge
cNa distance is less than the value for cNa. The smallest fixed edge distance less
than cNa is used in Equation (D-25).
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for ACI
More detailed information about ca,min is given in the Variables section for ACI
ψed,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψed,Na in the
the desired value.

Variables — αN,seis
αN,seis Reference ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. αN,seis is a reduction factor for seismic tension loading that is used in Equation
(D-22) to calculate the basic bond strength Nba of an adhesive anchor.
3.2 Bond Strength
Nag =
( ANa
ANa 0 ) ψec1,Na ψec2,Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19)
ΦNag ≥ Nua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1

ANa = see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1 (b)
ANa0 = (2 cNa)2 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-20) Although αN,seis is not shown in Equation (D-22) it is a required parameter that
must be used to calculate the nominal bond strength of an adhesive anchor
√
τuncr when seismic conditions have been selected as a design option. αN,seis is only
cNa = 10d 1100 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21) utilized when seismic conditions have been selected, and it is only utilized for
a
adhesive anchor systems.
( )
1
ψec,Na = 1 + e′N ≤ 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23)

cNa
The illustration shows how PROFIS Anchor applies αN,seis to bond strength
calculations. PROFIS Anchor does not apply αN,seis when performing
( )
the sustained load check defined in ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2. For more
ca,min
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-25) information about PROFIS Anchor sustained load calculations for
≤ 1.0
cNa adhesive anchors, refer to the Design Guide section titled Sustained Load
Calculations.
ψcp,Na = MAX
( ca,min
cac
:
cNa
cac ) ≤ 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-27)
Nba = λa · tk,c · αN,seis · κbond · π · da · hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)

The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the value for αN,seis in the Variables
Variables section of Part 3.2.
tk,c,uncr [psi] da [in.] hef [in.] ca,min [in.] tk,c [psi]

1515 0.625 4.000 2.000 1515
ec1,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] cac [in.] kbond λa αN,seis

0.000 0.000 8.314 1.00 1.000 0.800

Variables — αN,seis (continued)

Values for αN,seis are derived from testing and will be given in the Evaluation
Service Report for an adhesive anchor system.
The illustration shows the αN,seis values for threaded rods used with
HIT-HY 200. Note that these values are specific to the element diameter.
Seismic conditions can be selected as a PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 design

option by clicking on the Loads tab and then clicking on the icon titled
Seismic design.
Select the desired ACI 318-11 seismic provision via the drop downs for
tension and shear.
αN,seis is a tension design parameter and PROFIS Anchor will apply αN,seis when
calculating Nba. However, If bond strength controls for concrete pryout in
shear, PROFIS Anchor will also include αN,seis in the pryout calculations.
For more information about PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic calculations,
refer to the Design Guide section titled ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions.

Variables — ca,min
ca,min ACI 318-11: Part D.5.5.1, Part D.5.5.4, Part D.5.5.5 ca,min corresponds to the lessor of (a) the minimum distance of an anchor
element to a fixed concrete edge, and (b) the minimum permissible fixed
edge distance distance derived from testing that can be used for a given
anchor element.
ca,min values for the minimum permissible fixed edge distance of adhesive
anchor elements are determined via testing and published in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for the adhesive anchor system.
Table 12 in ESR-3187 is illustrated to the left. It defines the criteria for

determining the minimum permissible fixed edge distance distance (ca,min) for
threaded rods and rebar used with HIT-HY 200.
For edge distance cai and anchor spacing sai, the maximum torque Tmax shall When using adhesive anchors, edge distance values for anchor elements can
comply with the following requirements: be input such that:
1.75 in ≤ edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report
Reduced Maximum Installation Torque Tmax,red
for Edge DISTANCES cai < (5 x da) where ca,min corresponds to the minimum permissible fixed edge distance
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report.
Edge Distance, Minimum Maximum
cai Anchor Torque, Tmax,red When adhesive anchor elements are intended to be installed at edge
Spacing, sai distances such that 1.75 in ≤ edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report, a reduced installation torque is required in order to preclude
5 x da ≤ sai < 16 in. 0.3 x Tmax concrete edge failure.
1.75 in. (45 mm) ≤ cai < 5 x da
sai ≥ 16 in. (406 mm) 0.5 x Tmax Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service Report
for installation torque values.
The illustrations show the installation torque for threaded rods used with
HIT-HY 200, and the reduced torque requirements given in Section 4.1.9.2 of
ESR-3187.


When an edge distance less than ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report
for an adhesive anchor element is input, the value will be highlighted in red
on the main screen as illustrated to the left. PROFIS Anchor will not permit
calculations to be made until the value is changed so that:
(a) it is greater than or equal to ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor element
or
(b) t he user signifies their understanding that the edge distance

being input requires a reduced installation torque.
Any time an edge distance value < ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report is input for a post-installed anchor (adhesive or mechanical) it will be
highlighted in red on the main screen. If an adhesive anchor system is being
used, a message willl appear in the Messages pane prompting the user to
click on the Anchor layout tab and select the reduced installation torque
option. If an edge distance less than ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report is not desired, input an edge distance value ≥ ca,min given in the
When an adhesive anchor system is being used and an edge distance value
less than 1.75 in is input, the value will be highlighted in red on the main
screen. A message will appear in the Messages pane stating that the edge
distance is less than ca,min, and the ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor element will be noted. The user can either input an
edge distance greater than or equal to ca,min given in the Evaluation Service
Report, or they can select the reduced installation torque option and input an
edge distance greater than or equal to 1.75 in.
When an edge distance defined as 1.75 in ≤ edge distance < ca,min given in
the Evaluation Service Report is desired, click on the Anchor layout tab and
select the reduced installation torque option. Checking the box for this option
permits calculations to be made using an edge distance less than the value
for ca,min given in the Evaluation Service Report, down to a minimum edge
distance of 1.75 in. A key point users should keep in mind is that Design
Strengths calculated using edge distances < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report are premised on the requirement that the anchors will be
installed with a reduced installation torque. The installation torque values
are given in the Evaluation Service Report for the selected anchor. Checking
the box Red. Install Torque signifies the user’s understanding that the edge
distance being input requires a reduced installation torque. This information
should also be communicated to the anchor installer.

to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances to calculate
design strengths.


Edge distance values are input by the user. PROFIS Anchor determines
the minimum edge distance input, and uses this value to calculate the
parameters ANa, ψed,Na and ψcp,Na. The minimum edge distance input will also
be checked against the minimum permissable fixed edge distance distance
that is given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor element.
Edge distance parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input
the desired value. Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows ca,min in the Variables
section. When designing with an adhesive anchor element, this value
corresponds to either
(a) t he minimum edge distance such that:

1.75 in ≤ minimum edge distance < ca,min given in the Evaluation
Service Report
or
(b) t he minimum edge distance such that:

ca,min = minimum edge distance that has been input.

Variables — cac
cac ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.5 cac corresponds to the “critical edge distance required to develop the
basic strength as controlled by concrete breakout or bond of a post-
4.1.10 Critical Edge Distance cac: 4.1.10.2 — Threaded Rod, Steel Reinforcing Bars and Hilti HIS-N and
installed anchor in tension in uncracked concrete without supplementary
4.1.10.1 Hilti HIT-Z and HIT-Z-R Anchor Rods: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, for HIS-RN Inserts: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, cac must be determined as follows:
( ) [ ]
reinforcement to control splitting”. cac is determined using provisions given in
the calculation of Ncb and Ncbg in accordance with D.5.2.7 and Section 4.1.3 tk,uncr 0.4 h the Evaluation Service Report for an anchor system.
of this report, the critical edge distance, cac must be determined as follows: cac = hef · · max 3.1-0.7 ; 1.4 Eq. (4-1)
1160 hef
Refer to the Evaluation Service Report for provisions specific to a particular
i. cac = 1.5 hef for h/hef ≥ 2.35 anchor element when determining cac. The illustration to the left shows the
where tk,uncr is the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, h is the
member thickness, and hef is the embedment depth. provisions in ESR-3187 for determining cac for the HIT-Z anchor element and
ii. cac = 3.5 hef for h/hef ≤ 1.35
other anchor elements that can be used with HIT-HY 200.
For definitions of h and hef see Figure 1.

assumptions.

Variables — da
da ACI 318-11: Part D.5.5.1, Part D.5.5.2. da corresponds to the diameter of an anchor element. Hilti adhesive anchor
systems include various anchor elements, for which da is defined as follows:
• threaded rod - da = the nominal rod diameter.
• reinforcing bar - da = the nominal bar diameter.
• internally threaded insert (HIS-N insert) - da = the outside diameter

of the insert.
• special elements (HIT-Z threaded rod) - da = the nominal diameter

of the threaded portion.
Data for anchor elements used with adhesive anchor systems will be given
A 1 in diameter ASTM A 193 Grade B7 carbon
in the Evaluation Service Report for the adhesive anchor system. PROFIS
steel threaded rod has been selected for use
Anchor users can select a diameter for an adhesive anchor element via the
with HIT-HY 200 Adhesive.
anchor portfolios that appear in the Filter Pane.
Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the dropdown located above
the anchor portfolios, then select an anchor portfolio. The anchor diameter
can be selected via the dropdown at the bottom of the portfolio images.
Highlight and click on the desired diameter and steel type for the element that
has been selected.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows da in the Variables
The Filter Pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.

Variables — ec1,N
ec1,N ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23). Tension eccentricity (e′N) is defined in Appendix D as the distance of the
resultant tension force acting on an anchor group, from the centroid of the
ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.5.2.4 and Fig. RD.5.2.4. anchors that are in tension. The illustration to the left is Fig. RD.5.2.4 in ACI
318-11. This figure shows how e′N is defined for a given number of anchors
in tension.
Equation (D-23) is used to calculate ψec,Na, the modification factor for adhesive
anchor groups loaded ecccentrically in tension. Reference the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more information on
ψec,Na.
The distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors
that are in tension can be defined by a distance in the x direction from
the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the centroid. ψec,Na can
therefore be calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each direction.
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the x direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension as ec1,N,
and the corresponding modification factor calculated per Equation (D-23) as
ψec1,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ec1,N in the Variables
section.
Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for

information on how e′N is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.


For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions input
2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant axial forces acting on the
anchorage. It uses a finite element program and rigid base plate assumption
Load case: Design loads
to calculate the resultant axial forces, and to calculate any eccentricity that
Anchor reactions [lb] may exist with respect to the location of the resultant tension force from the
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)
The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension and
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
1 11996 0 0 0 forces of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The value for ec1,N used in the
calculation of ψec1,Na corresponds to the distance in the x direction of the
2 5439 0 0 0
resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
3 0 0 0 0
4 11996 0 0 0
6.881" in the -x direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
5 5439 0 0 0 #4, #5, #7 and #8 are in tension, and their centroid is located 5" from the
6 0 0 0 0 center of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the x direction
(ec1,N) for this application equals 6.881" - 5.00" = 1.881". Part 2 of the PROFIS
7 11996 0 0 0 Anchor design report will summarize the resultant axial forces acting on
8 5439 0 0 0 the anchorage, as well as the axial tension forces acting on each anchor.
9 0 0 0 0 An illustration of the anchor layout will also be shown indicating which
anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression. The graphical
max. concrete compressive strain: 0.14 [%]
representation for ec1,N shown in red to the left is intended to illustrate how
max. concrete compressive stress: 602 [psi] this parameter is defined.
resulting tension force in (x/y)=(-6.881/0.000) 52306 [lb]
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(10.765/0.000): 22306 [lb] The modification factor for eccentricity in the x direction (ψec1,Na) has been
calculated per Equation (D-23) using the value for ec1,N. These values are
outlined in red as they appear in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design
Variables report.
1880 1.000 15.000 ∞ 904
ec1,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] cac [in.] kbond λa

1.881 0.000 25.427 1.00 1.000
Calculations
cNa [in.] ANa [in.2] ANa0 [in.2] ψed,Na
13.013 1477.98 677.34 1.000
ψec1,Na ψec2,Na ψcp,Na Nba

0.874 1.000 1.000 42614

Variables — ec2,N
ec2,N ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23). Tension eccentricity (e′N) is defined in Appendix D as the distance of the
resultant tension force acting on an anchor group, from the centroid of the
ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.5.2.4 and Fig. RD.5.2.4. anchors that are in tension. The illustration to the left is Fig. RD.5.2.4 in ACI
318-11. This figure shows how e′N is defined for a given number of anchors
in tension.
Equation (D-23) is used to calculate ψec,Na, the modification factor for adhesive
anchor groups loaded eccentrically in tension. Reference the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more information on
ψec,Na.
The distance of the resultant tension force from the centroid of the anchors
that are in tension can be defined by a distance in the x direction from
the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the centroid. ψec,Na can
therefore be calculated with respect to the eccentricity in each direction.
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the y direction of the resultant
tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension as ec2,N,
and the corresponding modification factor calculated per Equation (D-23) as
ψec2,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ec2,N in the Variables
section.
Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate Calculations for

information on how e′N is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.


by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant axial forces acting on the
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension and
compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
2 5505 0 0 0 calculation of ψec2,Na corresponds to the distance in the y direction of the
3 0 0 0 0
4 15027 0 0 0 For the application illustrated to the left, the resultant tension force is located
6.783" in the +y direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
6 0 0 0 0 of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,N)
max. concrete compressive strain: 0.14 [%] for this application equals 6.783" - 4.00" = 2.783". Part 2 of the PROFIS
max. concrete compressive stress: 602 [psi] Anchor design report will summarize the resultant axial forces acting on
the anchorage, as well as the axial tension forces acting on each anchor.
An illustration of the anchor layout will also be shown indicating which
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/10.979): 11064 [lb] anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression. The graphical
this parameter is defined.
Variables
The modification factor for eccentricity in the y direction (ψec2,Na) has been
tk,c,uncr [psi] da [in.] hef [in.] ca,min [in.] tk,c [psi] calculated per Equation (D-23) using the value for ec2,N. These values are
1880 1.000 15.000 ∞ 904
report.

0.000 2.783 25.427 1.00 1.000
Calculations
13.013 1293.85 677.34 1.000

1.000 0.824 1.000 42614

Variables — hef
hef ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2, Equation (D-22) hef is defined as the “effective embedment depth” of an anchor element.
When calculating nominal bond strength, hef is used in Equation (D-22)
to define the area of the drilled hole (πdahef). This area is multiplied by the
Cracked Concrete characteristic bond stress (tc), as well as some additional factors, to calculate
the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor (Nba).
Nba = λa tcr αN,seis κbond π da hef
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows hef in the Variables
section.
Uncracked Concrete Reference the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on Nba.
Nba = λa tuncr αN,seis κbond π da hef
Reference the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on αN.seis, kbond , λa, da and tc.
AC308 — Acceptance Criteria for Post-installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete

The effective embedment depth that can be used for strength design of
1.2.1 This standard applies to anchors with a diameter da of 1/4 in. or larger and to reinforcing bar #3 and larger. The drilled hole shall be aproximately adhesive anchors ranges from a minimum value of approximately
cylindrical with a diameter do ≤ 1.5 da. This standard also applies to anchors with an anchor embedment depth hef not less than four diameters (4)(anchor diameter) to a maximum value of (20)(anchor diameter).
(4 da), or 1-5/8 in., and an embedment depth not exceeding 20 da.
The embedment depth criteria for adhesive anchors is established by testing
ACI 355.4-11 — Qualification of Post-installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete per the ACI test standard ACI 355.4, and the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria
AC308. Excerpts from ACI 355.4 and AC308 are shown to the left. These
1.2.1 This standard applies to anchors with a diameter da of 1/4 in. or larger. The drilled hole shall be aproximately cylindrical with a diameter do ≤ 1.5 da. excerpts contain text referencing the effective embedment depth range for
This standard also applies to anchors with an anchor embedment depth hef not less than four diameters (4 da), or 1-5/8 in., and an embedment adhesive anchors.
depth not exceeding 20 da.
The Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive anchor system will list the
effective embedment depth range for a given anchor element and element
diameter. These embedment depths are determined by testing in accordance
with ACI 355.4 and AC308. If hef,max is not shown in the report, it will
correspond to 20da per ACI 355.4 and AC308.
The tables to the left are taken from ESR-3187 for the HIT-HY 200 Adhesive
Anchor System. They show the effective embedment depth range for the
threaded rod and reinforcing bar diameters in the system portfolio.


When an adhesive anchor system has been selected for design in PROFIS
Anchor, users can input variable embedment depths for threaded rods,
reinforcing bars and the HIT-Z threaded rod. HIS-N inserts have a fixed
embedment depth for each diameter. The embedment depth parameters for
each anchor element will be given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
adhesive anchor system.
Variable embedment depths can be input via the Results pane in PROFIS
Anchor. To view the Results pane, click on the View tab, then check the box
for Results pane. It will appear on the right side of the main screen.
To input an embedment depth, go to the Results pane and select the

option User selected embedment depth. Type the value in the box titled
Embedment depth.
PROFIS Anchor can also determine an “optimized” embedment depth,

which is the embedment depth that results in the highest utilization for
the parameters that have been input. Utilization corresponds to the ratio
of factored load divided by design strength (Nua/ΦNn and Vua/ΦVn), and to
the sum of the ratios calculated using an interaction equation. Refer to the
design guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more information on
utilization.
To optimize the embedment to achieve the highest utilization for the

application, go to the Results pane and select the option Optimized
embedment depth. Design strengths relevant to the application and
anchor system will be calculated using the embedment that appears in the
Embedment depth box, and compared to the factored loads that have been
input. The value shown in the Embedment depth box corresponds to the
“optimized embedment”. This value will be grayed out to indicate that it has
been pre-determined by PROFIS Anchor.
The Messages pane will alert users when an embedment depth has been
input that is outside the range given in the Evaluation Service Report
for the element and diameter that have been selected. It will also note
the embedment depth range that can be used. PROFIS Anchor will not
perform calculations with embedment depths outside the ranges given in
the Evaluation Service Report for the element and diameter that have been
selected.
The illustrations to the left show the message that appears when an
embedment depth input for the element and diameter that have been
selected is outside the range given in the Evaluation Service Report.
The Messages pane appears as part of the Results pane. For more
information about the features of the Results pane, go to the PROFIS Anchor
video tutorials and open the tutorial for Set-Up.

Variables — kbond
kbond Reference ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. kbond is a reduction factor for nominal bond strength that is used in Equation
(D-22) to calculate the basic bond strength Nba of an adhesive anchor. Values
for kbond will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report ESR-2322 for
the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system. These values correspond to the
concrete condition for the drilled hole into which an anchor element is being
installed with HIT RE 500-SD.
3.2 Bond Strength
Nag =
( ANa0
ANa
) ψec1,N ψec2,Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19)
ΦNag ≥ Nua ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1

ANa = see ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1 (b)
ANa0 = (2 cNa)2 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-20) Although kbond is not shown in Equation (D-22) it is a required parameter that
must be used to calculate the nominal bond strength using HIT-RE 500-SD.
√
τuncr
cNa = 10d kbond is only utilized with the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system.
1100 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21)
a
( )
1
The illustration shows how PROFIS Anchor applies kbond to bond strength
ψec,Na = 1 + e′N ≤ 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23) calculations for HIT-RE 500-SD. PROFIS Anchor also applies kbond to
sustained load calculations for HIT-RE 500-SD. Reference ACI 318-11 Part
cNa
D.4.1.2.
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3

( ) ca,min
cNa
≤ 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-25)
For more information about PROFIS Anchor sustained load calculations for
( )
ca,min cNa adhesive anchors, refer to the Design Guide section titled Sustained Load
ψcp,Na = MAX : ≤ 1.0 ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-27) Calculations.
cac cac
Nba = λa · tk,c · αN,seis · κbond · π · da · hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)

The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the value for kbond in the Variables
Variables section of Part 3.2.
1926 1.000 20.000 ∞ 841

3.059 0.000 34.292 0.99 1.000

Variables — kbond (continued)

Values for kbond are derived from testing and will be given in ESR-2322 for the
HIT RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system.
The illustration shows an excerpt from Table 9 in ESR-2322. Note that kbond
values correspond to the condition of the drilled hole into which threaded
rods will be installed using HIT RE 500-SD. Also note that these values
are specific to the threaded rod diameter. kbond equals 1.0 for dry concrete;
therefore, no value is shown for this condition.
kbond values for all of the anchor elements used with HIT-RE 500-SD are given
in the bond strength tables of ESR-2322.
kbond is a bond strength design parameter for the HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive
Anchor System. The value for kbond corresponds to the concrete condition for
the drilled hole into which an anchor element is being installed with
HIT-RE 500-SD.
PROFIS Anchor users can select hole conditions for dry concrete (default
condition - kbond = 1.0), wet concrete (i.e. water saturated concrete) water
filled hole and a hole submerged underwater. To select a hole condition, go
to the box titled Installation conditions in the Base material tab. Click on
the dropdown and select the hole condition relevant to the application. If the
hole condition corresponds to dry concrete, PROFIS Anchor defaults to this
condition and no additional selection needs to be made. Otherwise, select
the relevant hole condition and PROFIS Anchor will apply the corresponding
kbond value to the Nba calculation for HIT-RE 500-SD.
Reference the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for
more information on Nba.

Variables — λa
λa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2 λa is a modification factor for lightweight concrete. Per ACI 318-11 Part D.3.6,
λa can be derived from testing, or the default values given in ACI 318 can
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.6 be used. λa = 0.6 for Hilti mechanical anchors and is given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. λa for Hilti adhesive anchors is not published
D.3.6 — Modification factor λa for lightwieght concrete shall be in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses λa = 0.6
taken as: for adhesive anchors when concrete failure modes are being calculated and
Cast-in and undercut concrete failure............................. 1.0 λ lightweight concrete is selected as a design option. PROFIS Anchor uses
λa = 0.45 for adhesive anchors when bond failure is being calculated and
Expansion and adhesive anchor concrete failure............ 0.8 λ lightweight concrete is selected as a design option.
Adhesive anchor bond failure per Eq. (D-22).................. 0.6 λ The λa values used by PROFIS Anchor for ACI 318-11 adhesive anchor
calculations correspond to all lightweight concrete. Therefore, PROFIS
where λ is determined in accordance with 8.6.1. It shall be permitted Anchor multiplies the λa values in D.3.6 by 0.75. λa = 1.0 when normal weight
to use an alternate value λa where tests have been performed and concrete is assumed.
evaluated in accordance with ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows λa in the Variables
section.
PROFIS Anchor users can select lightweight concrete conditions by
clicking on the icon titled Lightweight concrete in the Base material tab
as illustrated to the left. When lightweight concrete is selected as a design
option for adhesive anchors, PROFIS Anchor will use λa = 0.6 for concrete
failure mode calculations and λa = 0.45 for bond failure mode calculations.

Variables — τk,c
τk,c ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-21) τk,c corresponds to the characteristic bond stress of an adhesive anchor. This
parameter is derived from testing, and values for cracked concrete (τk,cr) or
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2 Equation (D-22) uncracked concrete (τk,uncr) conditions can be used for calculation of nominal
bond strength. τk,uncr is always used to calculate the value for cNa. Reference
the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters for more
information on cNa.
τk,c values corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete conditions are

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.
The illustration to the left shows how these values are given in the Evaluation
Service Report.
ACI 318-11 Appendix D uses the nomenclature (τcr) for cracked concrete
design and (τuncr) for uncracked concrete design. ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Reprts include a “k” in the subscript to indicate that these parameters are
characteristic stresses, derived from testing. PROFIS Anchor also uses a “k”
in the characteristic bond stress nomenclature.
Part 3.2 and Part 3.3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report show τk,c in
the Variables section. When bond strength controls the concrete pryout
calculation for shear, Part 4.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows τk,c
in the Variables section.

are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02 in (0.5 mm).
Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete
as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed
anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a
reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load
compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of
the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life.
For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be
prequalified for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
assumptions.

Calculations — ANa
ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1, Fig. RD.5.5.1(b) ANa is defined in ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 as “the projected influence area
of a single adhesive anchor or group of adhesive anchors that shall be
Assume: approximated as a rectilinear area that projects outward a distance cNa
from the centerline of the adhesive anchor, or in the case of a group of
ca1 and ca2 < cNa
adhesive anchors, from a line through a row of adjacent adhesive anchors”.
s1 and s2 < 2cNa It corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
from the bonding of adhesive anchors.
√
τuncr
cNa = 10d cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21), which is also given in Part
1100 (D-21)
a D.5.5.1. ANa is determined in a similar manner to ANc, the area of influence
assumed to develop for concrete breakout in tension, per Part D.5.2.1. The
difference being that when calculating ANa, cNa is substituted for 1.5hef and
2cNa is substituted for 3hef .
Prior to 2012, ANa was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Section D.5.3.7, which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa were calculated with this
ANa = (cNa + s1 + ca1) (cNa + s2 + ca2) of the Design Guide for more information about calculations using ICC-ES
AC308 provisions.
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa. It

corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(b) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows ANa in the Equations
section and the calculated value for ANa in the Calculations section.
or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value.
Click the “Enter” key to set the new value

Calculations — ANa (continued)


Calculations — ANa0
ANa0 ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-20) ANa0 is defined in Part D.5.5.1 as “the projected influence area of a single
adhesive anchor with an edge distance equal to or greater than cNa”. It
corresponds to the area of influence assumed to develop in the concrete
edges or proximate anchors. cNa is defined in ACI 318-11 by Equation (D-21),
which is also given in Part D.5.5.1.
ANa0 is determined in a similar manner to ANc0, the area of influence for

concrete breakout in tension that is assumed to develop for a single anchor,
per Part D.5.2.1. The difference being that when calculating ANa0, cNa is
substituted for 1.5hef.
Prior to 2012, ANa0 was calculated using the provisions of ICC-ES AC308
Equation (D-16c), which utilized the parameter scr,Na that was defined by
and projected distances used to calculate ANa0 were calculated with this
AC308 provisions.
ANa0 = (2cNa)2 (D-20) The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANa0. It
corresponds to Figure RD.5.5.1(a) in ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
√
τuncr Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-20) for
cNa = 10d 1100 (D-21) ANa0 in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ANa0 in the
a
Calculations — cNa
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-21) cNa is defined in as the “projected distance from the center of an anchor shaft
√
τuncr on one side of the anchor required to develop full bond strength of a single
cNa = 10d 1100 adhesive anchor.” Wheras nominal concrete breakout strength calculations
a
for area parameters such as ANc and ANc0 assume a maximum projected
distance from an anchor of 1.5 hef, bond strength calculations for the area
parameters ANa and ANa0 assume a maximum projected distance from an
anchor of cNa.
The illustrations to the left show how cNa is assumed to define the maximum
projected distance from an anchor when an edge distance is infinite. The
maximum spacing assumed for bond strength calculations equals 2cNa.
cNa is also used to calculate the ψ-modification factors for bond strength.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-21) for cNa in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for cNa in the Calculations
section.

Calculations — cNa (continued)

ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-21)
√
τuncr
cNa = 10d 1100
a
PROFIS Anchor calculates cNa per Equation (D-21) using the nominal thread
diameter of the anchor element and the “characteristic bond stress of an
adhesive anchor in uncracked concrete” (tuncr). Select an anchor diameter by
using the drop down in the Filter pane located on the left side of the main
screen. Values for tuncr are derived from testing and given in the Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The figures to the left illustrate how to select
an anchor diameter in PROFIS Anchor, and how the characteristic bond
strength values are given in an Evaluation Service Report.
The Filter pane will be shown on the left side of the main screen.

Calculations — cNa (continued)

assumptions
Calculations — Nba
Nba ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2 Equation (D-22) Nba is defined as the basic bond strength of a single adhesive anchor in
tension. It corresponds to the bond strength in tension of a single adhesive
D.5.5.2 — The basic bond strength of a single anchor without any influences due to base material geometry. Basic bond
Cracked Concrete adhesive anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nba, strength was previously designated Na0 in ICC-ES AC308, and it was
shall not exceed calculated using Equation (D-16f). This parameter was used with ACI 318-08
Nba = λa tcr αN,seis κbond π da hef Appendix D provisions.
Nba = λa tcr π da hef (D-22)
Per Part D.5.5.2, Nba can be calculated for cracked concrete or uncracked
The characteristic bond stress, tcr, shall be taken as concrete conditions by using a characteristic bond stress value (t)
Uncracked Concrete the 5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and corresponding to the relevant condition. Chracteristic bond stress values are
evaluated according to ACI 355.4. derived from testing, and will be published in the Evaluation Service Report
Nba = λa tuncr αN,seis κbond π da hef
Where analysis indicates cracking at service load for the anchor. t values are also dependent on the type of anchor element,
levels, adhesive anchors shalll be qualified for use in e.g. threaded rod, rebar, etc.
cracked concrete in accordance with ACI 355.4 αN,seis is a parameter derived from testing that is used in the Nba calculations
For adhesive anchors located in a region of a concrete when seismic conditions are assumed.
member where analysis indicates no cracking at kbond is a parameter corresponding to the condition of the drilled hole. This
service load levels, tuncr shall be permitted to be used parameter is only used to calculate Nba for the HIT RE 500-SD adhesive
in place of tcr in Eq. (D-22) and shall be taken as the anchor system.
5 percent fractile of results of tests performed and
evaluated according to ACI 355.4 More detailed information about the parameters λa, t, αN,seis, kbond, da and hef is
given in the section of this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
variables.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-22) for Nba in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nba in the Calculations
section.

Calculations — Nba (continued)

assumptions.
Calculations — ψcp,Na
{ }
ca,min cNa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.5 Equation (D-27) ψcp,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for splitting. It is only
ψcp,Na = MAXIMUM : calculated for post-installed anchors when uncracked concrete conditions
cac cac are assumed.
The critical edge distance for splitting, cac, corresponds to the edge distance
needed to preclude splitting in uncracked concrete. When the minimum fixed
edge distance ca,min is less than cac, and uncracked concrete conditions have
been assumed for post-installed anchor installation, ψcp,Na is calculated per
Equation (D-27).
ψcp,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψcp,Na in the

Calculations — ψcp,Na (continued)

assumptions.
4.1.10 Critical Edge Distance cac:

4.1.10.1 Hilti HIT-Z and HIT-Z-R Anchor Rods: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, for
the calculation of Ncb and Ncbg in accordance with D.5.2.7 and Section 4.1.3
of this report, the critical edge distance, cac must be determined as follows:
cac corresponds to the “critical edge distance required to develop the
i. cac = 1.5 hef for h/hef ≥ 2.35 basic strength as controlled by concrete breakout or bond of a post-
installed anchor in tension in uncracked concrete without supplementary
ii. cac = 3.5 hef for h/hef ≤ 1.35 reinforcement to control splitting”. cac is determined using provisions given in
4.1.10.2 — Threaded Rod, Steel Reinforcing Bars and Hilti HIS-N and
For definition of h and hef see Figure 1. HIS-RN Inserts: In lieu of ACI 318 D.8.6, cac must be determined as follows: the Evaluation Service Report for an anchor system.
cac = hef · ( )
tk,uncr 0.4
1160 [
· max 3.1-0.7
h
hef
; 1.4] Eq. (4-1)
Refer to the Evaluation Service Report for provisions specific to a particular
anchor element when determining cac. The illustration to the left shows the
provisions in ESR-3187 for determining cac for the HIT-Z anchor element and
where tk,uncr is the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, h is the other anchor elements that can be used with HIT-HY 200.
member thickness, and hef is the embedment depth.
More detailed information about cac is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength.

Calculations — ψcp,Na (continued)

the desired value.

ψec1,Na ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23) ψec,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
eccentrically in tension. This factor is only utilized for anchor groups.
( )
1
ψec1,Na = 1 + e′c1,N of the anchors that are in tension (e′N) can be defined by a distance in the
cNa x direction from the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the x direction of the resultant

tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension, as ec1,N.
More detailed information about ec1,N is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength. Reference the Design Guide section on Base
Plate Calculations for information on how ec1,N is calculated in PROFIS
Anchor.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for
ψec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψec1,Na in the


by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant axial forces acting on the
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension and
compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
2 5439 0 0 0 calculation of ψec1,Na corresponds to the distance in the x direction of the
3 0 0 0 0
4 11996 0 0 0 For the application illustrated to the left, the resultant tension force is located
6.881" in the -x direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
5 5439 0 0 0 #4, #5, #7 and #8 are in tension, and their centroid is located 5" from the
6 0 0 0 0 center of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the x direction
7 11996 0 0 0 (ec1,N) for this application equals 6.881" - 5.00" = 1.881". Part 2 of the PROFIS
Anchor design report will summarize the resultant axial forces acting on
8 5439 0 0 0 the anchorage, as well as the axial tension forces acting on each anchor.
9 0 0 0 0 An illustration of the anchor layout will also be shown indicating which
max. concrete compressive strain: 0.14 [%] anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression. The graphical
max. concrete compressive stress: 602 [psi] representation for ec1,N shown in red to the left is intended to illustrate how
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(10.765/0.000): 22306 [lb]
3.2 Bond Strength

Variables
1880 1.000 15.000 ∞ 904

1.881 2.783 25.427 1.00 1.000 The modification factor for eccentricity in the x direction (ψec1,Na) has been
calculated per Equation (D-23) using the value for ec1,N. These values are
Calculations report.
13.013 1293.85 677.34 1.000

0.374 1.000 1.000 42614


building code.
desired value.


NOTE: P


NOTE: P
ψec2,Na ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.3 Equation (D-23) ψec,Na is the modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
eccentrically in tension. This factor is only utilized for anchor groups.
( )
1
ψec2,Na = 1 + e′c2,N of the anchors that are in tension (e′N) can be defined by a distance in the
cNa x direction from the centroid, and a distance in the y direction from the
PROFIS Anchor designates the distance in the y direction of the resultant

tension force from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension, as ec2,N. More
detailed information about ec2,N is given in the Variables section for
ACI 318-11 Bond Strength. Reference the Design Guide section on Base Plate
Calculations for information on how ec2,N is calculated in PROFIS Anchor.
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Equations section for
ψec,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψec2,Na in the


2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant axial forces acting on the
anchorage. It uses a finite element program and rigid base plate assumption
The x/y-coordinates and the magnitude of the resultant tension and
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y compression forces are given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor
calculation of ψec2,Na corresponds to the distance in the y direction of the
2 5505 0 0 0
3 0 0 0 0
4 15027 0 0 0
6.783" in the +y direction from the center of the base plate. Anchors #1, #2,
6 0 0 0 0 of the base plate; therefore, the tension eccentricity in the y direction (ec2,N)
for this application equals 6.783" - 4.00" = 2.783". Part 2 of the PROFIS
Anchor design report will summarize the resultant axial forces acting on
max. concrete compressive stress: 602 [psi] the anchorage, as well as the axial tension forces acting on each anchor.
resulting tension force in (x/y)=(0.000/6.783) 41064 [lb] An illustration of the anchor layout will also be shown indicating which
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.000/10.979): 11064 [lb] anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression. The graphical
Variables
The modification factor for eccentricity in the y direction (ψec2,Na) has been
tk,c,uncr [psi] da [in.] hef [in.] ca,min [in.] tk,c [psi] calculated per Equation (D-23) using the value for ec2,N. These values are
1880 1.000 15.000 ∞ 904 report.

0.000 2.783 25.427 1.00 1.000
Calculations
13.013 1293.85 677.34 1.000

1.000 0.824 1.000 42614


building code.
desired value.


NOTE: P


NOTE: P

Calculations — ψed,Na
( )
ca,min ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.4 Equation (D-25) ψed,Na is the adhesive anchor modification factor for edge effects. This factor
ψed,Na = 0.7 + 0.3 is calculated for a single anchor, or for an anchor group when any fixed edge
cNa distance is less than the value for cNa. The smallest fixed edge distance less
than cNa is used in Equation (D-25).
More detailed information about cNa is given in the Calculations section for
More detailed information about ca,min is given in the Variables section for ACI
ψed,Na in the Equations section, and the calculated value for ψed,Na in the
the desired value.

Results —
Na
( ) ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-18) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive
Na = ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba anchor (Na). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-18) is given
ANa 0 in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-18) for Na in
the Equations section, and the calculated value for Na in the Results section.
Results —
Nag
( )
ANa ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-19) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
Nag = ψec,Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba anchors (Nag). Information specific to the parameters in Equation (D-19) is
ANa 0 given in the Design Guide section for each parameter.
The nominal bond strength equation for anchor groups that was given in
ICC-ES AC308 as Equation (D-16b), and was used with ACI 318-08 Appendix
D provisions, included a modification factor for group action that was
designated ψg,Na. This factor is not included in the adhesive anchor provisions
of ACI 318-11 Part D.5.5. Refer to the Design Guide section on ACI 318-08
bond strength calculations for more information about ψg,Na.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows Equation (D-19) for Nag
in the Equations section, and the calculated value for Nag in the Results
section.

Results —
Nua
Table D.4.1.1 — Required strength of anchors, except as ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1 Strength Design compares a calculated tension design strength (ΦNn) to a
noted in D.3.3 factored service load (Nua), and a calculated shear design strength (ΦVn) to
a factored service load (Vua). Nua corresponds to the factored tensile force
Anchor group* assumed to be applied to an anchor or to a group of anchors.
Failure mode Single anchor Individual anchor Anchors as a
in a group group Table D.4.1.1 shows the design parameters that must be satisfied for
the various anchor failure modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D
Steel strangth in provisions. Some failure modes are specific to a particular anchor type. For
ΦNsa ≥ Nua ΦNsa ≥ Nua,l
tension (D.5.1) example, side-face blowout is a failure mode that is specific to cast-in-place
Concrete breakout anchors, and bond strength is a failure mode that is specific to post-installed
strength in tension ΦNcb ≥ Nua ΦNcbg ≥ Nua,g adhesive anchors.
(D.5.2)
Note also that some failure modes can be calculated for a single anchor or
Pullout strength in for an anchor group; depending on the anchor configuration. Other failure
ΦNpn ≥ Nua ΦNpn ≥ Nua,l
tension (D.5.3) modes such as steel strength and pullout strength are always calculated for a
Concrete side-face single anchor when using ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions.
blowout strength in ΦNsb ≥ Nua ΦNsbg ≥ Nua,g
The sustained load check defined in ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2 is performed
tension (D.5.4)
for a single anchor, and the calculated capacity is compared to the highest
Bond strength of factored sustained tension load acting on a single anchor. Refer to the Design
adhesive anchor in ΦNa ≥ Nua ΦNag ≥ Nua,g Guide section on Sustained Load Calculations for more informaton about
tension (D.5.5) the provisions of Part D.4.1.2.
Steel strength in
ΦVsa ≥ Vua ΦVsa ≥ Vua,l
shear (D.6.1)
Concrete breakout
(D.6.2)
Concrete pryout
strength in shear ΦVcp ≥ Vua ΦVcpg ≥ Vua,g
(D.6.3)
Select ACI 318-11 Appendix D Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on the option for Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11.

Results —
Nua (continued)
building code.
Part 1. Input Data of the design report includes an illustration of the factored
loads that have been input.
PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the responsibility of
the user to determine the factored load value input in PROFIS Anchor. The
tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume

Results —
Nua (continued)
A summary of the forces acting on the anchorage based on the loads that
have been input is given in Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces of
Load case: Design loads the design report. This section shows the tension and shear forces acting on
each anchor, as well as the resultant axial forces acting on the anchorage.
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) being loaded in tension and some in compression. Part 2 of the design
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y report contains an illustration showing the axial force distribution for the
anchorage. Anchors determined to be in compression will be shaded in gray.
1 0 0 0 0 PROFIS Anchor provides information for the magnitude and location of the
2 0 0 0 0 resultant tension and compression forces acting on the connection. PROFIS
Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in
3 0 0 0 0 compression.
4 10269 0 0 0
5 10006 0 0 0
6 9832 0 0 0
max. concrete compressive stress: 898 [psi]
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(0.623/-5.161): 25107 [lb]
3. Tension load The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to bond strength calculations
in Part 3 Tension Load, and in the Results section of the bond strength
Load Nua (lb) Capacity ΦNn (lb) Utilization βN = Nua / ΦNn Status design parameters. The value assumed for Nua when calculating nominal
Steel Strength* 10269 28541 36 OK bond strength depends on the number of anchors that are determined to be
in tension.
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength
indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the total factored tension load
Concrete Breakout Strength** 30107 41902 72 OK acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension, which,
* anchor having the highest loading ** anchor group (anchors in tension) for a given application can be one anchor or more than one anchor.
Conversely, tension design strengths such as that calculated for sustained

load are always calculated for a single anchor, and Nua corresponds to the
Results highest relevant tension load acting on a single anchor. Part 3 Tension
Nag [lb] Φbond ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb] load will show a single asterisk (*) next to Sustained Tension Load Bond
Strength indicating that the value for Nua pertains to the highest sustained
74519 0.650 48437 30107 tension load acting on a single anchor. Refer to the Design Guide section on
Sustained Load Calculations for more information about the sustained load
provisions of ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2.

Results —
Nua (continued)
3. Tension load Per ACI 318-11, Table D.4.1.1; ΦNa or ΦNag must be greater than or equal to
the assumed factored load for either a single anchor or for the anchor group,
Load Nua (lb) Capacity ΦNn (lb) Utilization βN = Nua / ΦNn Status respectively. PROFIS Anchor uses the generic designation Nua to designate
Steel Strength* 10269 28541 36 OK the assumed factored load acting on the anchorage.
Bond Strength** 30107 48437 63 OK If the value for ΦNa or ΦNag shown under the heading Capacity ΦNn [lb] in
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A Part 3 of the design report is ≥ the value shown for Nua under the heading
Load Nua [lb], the note OK will appear under the heading Status. The value
Concrete Breakout Strength** 30107 41902 72 OK shown under the heading Utilization βN [%] = Nua/ΦNua will be less than or
* anchor having the highest loading ** anchor group (anchors in tension) equal to 100%, and the criteria of Table D.4.1.1 will have been satisfied.
3. Tension load
Load Nua (lb) Capacity ΦNn (lb) Utilization βN = Nua / ΦNn Status
Steel Strength* 13029 28451 46 OK If the value for ΦNa or ΦNag is < Nua, the note Not recommended will appear
Bond Strength** 38490 30790 126 Not recommended under the heading Status. The value shown under the heading Utilization
βN [%] = Nua/ΦNua will be greater than 100% and the criteria of Table D.4.1.1
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength* N/A N/A N/A N/A
will not have been satisfied.
Concrete Breakout Strength** 38490 30846 125 Not recommended
* anchor having the highest loading ** anchor group (anchors in tension)

Results —
Φbond
ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1 Φbond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for one of the Φ - factors applied to
the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the design bond strength
Results (ΦNa or ΦNag). Values for Φbond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the
PROFIS Anchor design report will show the relevant Φbond value for the drilled
Nag [lb] Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNcbg [lb] Nua [lb] hole installation conditions that have been selected.
22369 0.650 0.750 1.000 10905 5000 Other Φ - factors that can be applied to the nominal bond strength include a
reduction factor for seismic tension conditions (designated Φseismic in PROFIS
Anchor) and a reduction factor for non-ductile failure modes (designated
Φnonductile in PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters for more information about these Φ - factors.
The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
adhesive anchor will show Φ - factors corresponding to various drilled hole
installation conditions. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report will show
the relevant Φ - factor for the installation conditions that have been selected,
and it will designate this factor as Φbond in the Results section.
The illustrations to the left show the various Φ - factors that will appear
as Φbond in the design report when (a) HIT-HY 200 has been selected for
the anchor system (ESR-3187) and (b) when HIT-RE 500-SD has been
selected for the anchor system (ESR-2322). Note that these Φ - factors may
be dependent on the anchor element diameter as well as the installation
condition.

Results —
Φnonductile
Φnonductile ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 Φnonductile is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the Φ - factor described in the
seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. These provisions are shown
D.3.3.6 — As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it to the left.
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined Φnonductile is applied to the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud design bond strength (ΦNa or ΦNag). Φnonductile is only used with the provisions
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design of ACI 318-08 Appendix D. It is not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design Appendix D. For more information about Φnonductile, refer to the Design Guide
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3. section on ACI 318-08 Bond Strength provisions.
ACI 318-11 design report in PROFIS Anchor When using PROFIS Anchor with ACI 318-11 provisions, the design report
will show the parameter Φnonductile equal to 1.000 in the Results section of
Results
Part 3.2. Use of Φnonductile for calculating ΦNa or ΦNag is only relevant when
Nag [lb] Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb] designing with ACI 318-08 provisions.
22369 0.650 0.750 1.000 10905 5000 Other Φ - factors that are relevant to ACI 318-11 Appendix D design include
a reduction factor that is applied to the nominal bond strength (designated
Φbond in PROFIS Anchor) and a reduction factor for seismic tension conditions
(designated Φseismic in PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI
318-11 Bond Strength parameters for more information about these
Φ - factors.

Results —
Φseismic
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4
D.3.3.4.4 — The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from consideration of (a)
through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that
the concrete remains uncracked:
Φseismic is the PROFIS Anchor designation for one of the Φ - factors applied to
(a) ΦNsa for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of anchors; the nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to obtain the design bond strength
.75ΦNcb or 0.75ΦNcbg, except that Ncb or Ncbg need not be calculated where anchor reinforcement satisfying
(b) 0 (ΦNa or ΦNag). It corresponds to the 0.75 reduction referenced in ACI 318-11
D.5.2.9 is provided; Part D.3.3.4.4 when seismic tension conditions have been selected as a
design option.
(c) 0.75ΦNpn for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of anchors;
The text for ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 is shown to the left.
(d) 0.75ΦNsb or 0.75ΦNsbg; and
(e) 0.75ΦNa or 0.75ΦNag
where Φ is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.
PROFIS Anchor users can select ACI 318-11 Appendix D seismic design
provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then selecting Strength Design
according to ACI 318-11 via the dropdown as shown in the illustration, then
clicking on the Seismic design icon.
The 0.75 reduction corresponding to the PROFIS Anchor parameter Φseismic is

only applied to nominal tension strengths, including nominal bond strength.
Selection of the seismic tension design option will result in Φseismic being used
in PROFIS Anchor calculations.
Reference the Design Guide section titled ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions
for more information about PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 Appendix D seismic
calculations.
Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the parameter Φseismic
Results
in the Results section. This parameter corresponds to the 0.75 reduction
Nag [lb] Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb] required per ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4. The design report will show Φseismic
equal to 0.75 when ACI 318-11 seismic tension provisions D.3.3.4.3 (b)
22369 0.650 0.750 1.000 10905 5000 through (d) have been selected in PROFIS Anchor. The value shown for Φseismic
when D.3.3.4.3(a) has been selected will depend on whether or not the
provisions of subsections 1 and 2 have been satisfied.
Other Φ - factors that can be applied to the nominal bond strength include a
factor for the drilled hole installation conditions (designated Φbond in PROFIS
Anchor) and a factor for non-ductile failure modes (designated Φnonductile in
PROFIS Anchor). Refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength
parameters for more information about these Φ - factors.

Results —
ΦNa
Table D.4.1.1 — Required strength of anchors, except as ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1 Strength design requires the calculated nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to
noted in D.3.3 be multiplied by a strength reduction factor (Φ - factor) to obtain a design
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-18) strength (ΦNa or ΦNag). The design strength is then compared to the factored
Anchor group* tension load (Nua) relevant to the anchors that are in tension. ACI 318-11
Failure mode Single anchor Individual anchor Anchors as a Table D.4.1.1 is shown to the left. It defines the strength design parameters
in a group group that must be satisfied for bond strength, as well as the various anchor failure
Steel strangth in modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions. More detailed
ΦNsa ≥ Nua ΦNsa ≥ Nua,l information about Na and Nag is given in the Equations section for ACI 318-11
tension (D.5.1)
Bond Strength.
Concrete breakout
strength in tension ΦNcb ≥ Nua ΦNcbg ≥ Nua,g ΦNa is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the design strength of a single
(D.5.2) adhesive anchor. The parameter ΦNa shown in Part 3.2 Results of the
PROFIS Anchor design report actually includes two Φ - factors (Φbond and
Pullout strength in
ΦNpn ≥ Nua ΦNpn ≥ Nua,l Φseismic) which are multiplied by the nominal bond strength of a single adhesive
tension (D.5.3)
anchor (Na). Therefore, the calculated value for ΦNa shown to the left equals
Concrete side-face (Φbond)(Φseismic)(Na) = (0.65)(0.75)(16,373 lb) = 7982 lb.
tension (D.5.4) Φbond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the Φ - factor corresponding to
Results various drilled hole installation conditions for an adhesive anchor element.
Bond strength of
Na [lb] Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNa [lb] Nua [lb] Values for Φbond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show the relevant Φbond value for the drilled hole installation
tension (D.5.5)
16373 0.650 0.750 1.000 7982 5000 condition that has been selected.
Steel strength in
ΦVsa ≥ Vua ΦVsa ≥ Vua,l PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction for seismic tension conditions
shear (D.6.1)
given in ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 as Φseismic. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
Concrete breakout
design report will show Φseismic.
(D.6.2) The parameter designated Φnonductile in the design report corresponds to the
Concrete pryout Φ - factor described in the seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. It is
strength in shear ΦVcp ≥ Vua ΦVcpg ≥ Vua,g not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. For more information
(D.6.3) about Φbond, Φseismic and Φnonductile, refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters

Results —
ΦNag
Table D.4.1.1 — Required strength of anchors, except as ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.1 Table D.4.1.1 Strength design requires the calculated nominal bond strength (Na or Nag) to
noted in D.3.3 be multiplied by a strength reduction factor (Φ - factor) to obtain a design
ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.1 Equation (D-19) strength (ΦNa or ΦNag). The design strength is then compared to the factored
Anchor group* tension load (Nua) relevant to the anchors that are in tension. ACI 318-11
Failure mode Single anchor Individual anchor Anchors as a Table D.4.1.1 is shown to the left. It defines the strength design parameters
in a group group that must be satisfied for bond strength, as well as the various anchor failure
Steel strangth in modes considered in ACI 318-11 Appendix D provisions. More detailed
ΦNsa ≥ Nua ΦNsa ≥ Nua,l information about Na and Nag is given in the Equations section for ACI 318-11
tension (D.5.1)
Bond Strength.
Concrete breakout
strength in tension ΦNcb ≥ Nua ΦNcbg ≥ Nua,g ΦNag is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the design strength of an
(D.5.2) adhesive anchor group. The parameter ΦNag shown in Part 3.2 Results of
the PROFIS Anchor design report actually includes two Φ - factors (Φbond and
Pullout strength in
ΦNpn ≥ Nua ΦNpn ≥ Nua,l Φseismic) which are multiplied by the nominal bond strength of the adhesive
tension (D.5.3)
anchor group (Nag). Therefore, the calculated value for ΦNag shown to the left
Concrete side-face equals (Φbond)(Φseismic)(Nag) = (0.65)(0.75)(22,369 lb) = 10,905 lb.
tension (D.5.4) Φbond is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the Φ - factor corresponding to
Results various drilled hole installation conditions for an adhesive anchor element.
Bond strength of
Nag [lb] Φbond Φseismic Φnonductile ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb] Values for Φbond are determined via testing. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report will show the relevant Φbond value for the drilled hole installation
tension (D.5.5)
22369 0.650 0.750 1.000 10905 8500 condition that has been selected.
Steel strength in
ΦVsa ≥ Vua ΦVsa ≥ Vua,l PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction for seismic tension conditions
shear (D.6.1)
given in ACI 318-11 Part D.3.3.4.4 as Φseismic. Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
Concrete breakout
design report will show Φseismic.
(D.6.2) The parameter designated Φnonductile in the design report corresponds to the
Concrete pryout Φ - factor described in the seismic provisions of ACI 318-08 Part D.3.3.6. It is
strength in shear ΦVcp ≥ Vua ΦVcpg ≥ Vua,g not used with the provisions of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. For more information
(D.6.3) about Φbond, Φseismic and Φnonductile, refer to the Results section for ACI 318-11
Bond Strength parameters

ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions
Sustained Load Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2

D.4.1.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2 ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2 is a provision that requires a check on adhesive
anchor capacity when the anchorage is subjected to a sustained tension
D.4.1.2 — For the design of adhesive anchors to ACI 318-11, Part D.5.5.2 load. If the factored tension load includes a sustained tension load, the
resist sustained tension loads, in addition to D.4.1.1, ACI 318-11, Part D.3.5 capacity of the anchorage with respect to sustained tension loading must be
0.55ΦNba ≥ Nua,s (D-1) checked using Equation (D-1). The sustained tension load check of D.4.1.2 is
D.5.5.2 — The basic bond strength of a single performed in addition to the calculation of nominal bond strength (Na or Nag).
where Nba is determined in accordance with D.5.5.2.
adhesive anchor in tension in cracked concrete, Nba, It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input
shall not exceed in PROFIS Anchor. The design strength calculations performed by PROFIS
Nba = λa (τcr or τuncr) π da hef (D-22) Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner
The characteristic bond stress (τcr or τuncr) shall be consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building
taken as the 5 percent fractile of results of tests code.
performed and evaluated according to ACI 355.4. Design analysis of the anchorage will identify the load distribution among the
anchors. The value for Nua,s corresponds to the highest factored sustained
tension load being resisted by a single anchor, as noted in Chapter 2
D.3.5 — For adhesive anchors subjected to sustained (definitions) of ACI 318-11 and in Part D.3.5 of ACI 318-11 Appendix D. The
tension loading, D.4.1.2 shall be satisfied. For groups criteria for determining what constitutes a sustained load are given in the
of adhesive anchors, Eq. (D-1) shall be satisfied for the commentary RD.4.1.2. Sustained loading for ambient concrete temperature
anchor that resists the highest sustained tension load. conditions assumes the concrete member will have a temperature of 70 °F, and
Installer certification and inspection requirements for the load will be applied for 50 years. Sustained loading for elevated concrete
horizontal and upwardly inclined adhesive anchors temperature conditions assumes the concrete member will have a temperature
subjected to sustained tension loading shall be in of 110 °F, and the load will be applied for 10 years.
accordance with D.9.2.2 through D.9.2.4.
A portion of D.5.5.2 has been excerpted and is shown to the left. Terms
for the parameter τc are shown in parenthesis to indicate this parameter is
dependent on the assumed concrete conditions. Nba equals the basic bond
strength for a single adhesive anchor. When calculating Nba, the value used
for characteristic bond stress (τcr or τuncr) will depend on whether cracked
concrete conditions (τcr) or uncracked concrete conditions (τuncr) are assumed.
More detailed information about Nba is given in the section of this Design
Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Equations.
The strength reduction factor (Φ) in Equation (D-1) corresponds to the

Φ-factor for bond strength given in the adhesive anchor Evaluation Service
Report. This parameter is designated Φbond in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS Anchor
design report. More detailed information about Φbond is given in the section of
this Design Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Results.

Sustained Load Calculations — ACI 318-11, Part D.4.1.2 (continued)

PROFIS Anchor users can input a sustained tension load value via the
matrix that appears on the main screen below the graphic illustrating the
anchorage. Select a tension force parameter for the Sustained loads option
in the matrix, then input the desired value. The illustration to the left shows
how sustained tension load parameters corresponding to axial tension,
and moment about the y axis have been input in the matrix. Sustained load
parameters are only considered for tension loading: axial tension, moment
about the x axis and moment about the y axis. Shear loads and torsion
moment are not considered when checking the sustained load capacity
per D.4.1.2. Refer to the Design Guide Section on Factored Loads for
more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for shear with torsion
moment.
A tension load value must always be input in at least one of the matrix
parameters corresponding to Design loads, even if the only tension loads
acting on the anchorage are assumed to be sustained loads. Assume that the
tension load values shown in the illustration to the left correspond to 100%
sustained tension, i.e. no live load, etc. is assumed to act on the anchorage.
Note that no tension load value has been input in any of the Design loads
parameters.The message that appears in the Messages pane indicates that
sustained tension load values input into the matrix have to be less than or
equal to the design tension load values that have been input in the matrix. It
is prompting the user to input the sustained tension load values in the Design
loads parameters of the matrix as well as in the Sustained loads parameters
of the matrix because the design tension loads are all being shown equal
to zero. PROFIS Anchor will not perform calculations until load values have
been input in the Design loads parameters. When tension loads are being
considered, PROFIS Anchor will not perform sustained tension calculations
until tension load values have been input in the Design loads parameters.
It will, however, perform tension calculations when tension load values have
only been input in the Design loads parameters, but no tension load values
have been input in the Sustained loads parameters.
The value input for a Sustained loads parameter can never be greater than
the value input for the same Design loads parameter. Note in the illustration
to the left that the sustained tension load value that has been input into
the matrix exceeds the design tension load value that has been input. The
message that appears in the Messages pane is noting this condition and
prompting the user to review the load values that have been input. PROFIS
Anchor will not perform calculations until the design tension load values that
have been input in the matrix equal or exceed the sustained tension load
values that have been input in the matrix.


PROFIS Anchor users can select the load combination they would like to view
on the main screen graphic via the dropdown that apears next to the graphic.
PROFIS Anchor designates the factored loads that will be used for the criteria
given in ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 as Design loads. The design load load
would typically be a factored load determined in accordance with one of the
equations given in ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1. It is the responsibility of the user
to determine the factored load value input in PROFIS Anchor. The design
When Design loads is selected via the dropdown, values corresponding

to the factored loads Nua and Vua shown in ACI 318-11 Table D.4.1.1 can be
input. These values can be input via the main screen graphic or via the matrix
that appears on the main screen below the graphic. Select the desired force
parameter and input the value. Click “Enter” to save the value.
When Design loads has been selected via the dropdown, the Active button
for Design loads will be selected in the matrix. The load values shown in the
matrix will also be shown on the main screen and in the illustration in Part 1
of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The utilization for each relevant design
failure mode will likewise be shown in the Results pane under the heading
Utilization (%). The utilization corresponding to Sustained loads will be
grayed out.
When Design loads has been selected via the dropdown, the parameter
Utilization (%) corresponds to the factored load being considered for a
particular failure mode, divided by the design strength for that failure mode:
Nua / ΦNn and Vua / ΦVn.
Reference the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about the parameter Utilization (%). Reference ACI 318-11 Part
D.4.1.1 for more information on strength design criteria used to calculate
Utilization (%) when the Design loads option has been selected.


When Sustained loads is selected via the dropdown that appears next to
the main screen graphic, values corresponding to the sustained factored
tension loads assumed for the application can be input. These values can be
input via the main screen graphic or via the matrix that appears on the main
screen below the graphic. Select the desired force parameter and input the
value. Click “Enter” to save the value.
When Sustained loads has been selected via the dropdown, the Active
button for Sustained loads will be selected in the matrix. The load values
shown in the matrix will also be shown on the main screen and in the
illustration in Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor design report. The utilization
for sustained tension loading, i.e. pullout/bond, will likewise be shown
in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). The utilization
corresponding to design loads will be grayed out.
When Sustained loads has been selected via the dropdown, the parameter
Utilization (%) corresponds to the factored sustained tension load (Nua,s)
being assumed for the application , divided by the design strength calculated
per Part D.4.1.2 Equation (D-1):
Nua,s / 0.55ΦNba (D-1).
Sustained load calculations are only performed for tension load conditions
using the force parameters that have been input for the Sustained loads
option, and the value calculated per Equation (D-1).
When Decisive combination has been selected via the dropdown that
appears next to the main screen graphic, neither the Active button for
Design loads nor the Active button for Sustained loads will selected in the
matrix that appears on the main screen below the graphic. The load values
corresponding to the parameter Design loads in the matrix will be shown on
the main screen, and in the illustration in Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor design
report. The utilization for both design loads and sustained loads will be
shown in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%).
When Decisive combination has been selected via the dropdown that
apears next to the main screen graphic, the Utilization (%) for both the
design loads and for the sustained tension load will be shown in the
Results pane. The utilization corresponding to combined tension and shear
interaction will include consideration of the utilizations for both design loads
and sustained tension load.
Reference the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when both tension and shear
loads act on an anchorage.


Part 3 Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor design report is a summary of the
3 Tension load
calculation results for tension. Sustained tension load calculation results will
Load Nua [lb] Capacity ΦNn [lb] Utilization βn = Nua/ΦNn Status show the value calculated using Equation (D-1) under the heading Capacity
ΦNn [lb]. The value for the highest factored sustained tension load will be
Steel Strength* 11302 28541 40 OK given under the heading Load Nua [lb].
Part 3.3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the equations used to
Sustained Tension Load Bond Strength** 9566 15234 63 OK perform the sustained tension load check of ACI 318-11 Part D.4.1.2, the
Concrete Breakout Strength** 29852 53265 57 OK variables used in these equations and the calculations performed with these
equations.
*anchor having the highest loading
**anchor group (anchors in tension) When the parameter Nba is calculated for sustained load per D.4.1.2, the
parameter αN,seis is not included in Equation (D-22). The reason for this
omission is that seismic conditions are not considered as being part of a
3.3 Sustained Load Bond Strength
sustained load condition; therefore, no seismic-specific parameter need be
0.55 ΦNba ≥ Nua,s ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-1) considered when performing the sustained load check of D.4.1.2, and αN,seis
will not be shown in Part 3.3 of the design report.
Nba = λa · tk,c · κbond · π · da · hef ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-22)
More detailed information about Nba is given in the section of this Design
Variables Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Equations.
λa tk,c [psi] κbond da [in.] hef [in.] More detailed information about αN,seis is given in the section of this Design
Guide showing ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Variables.
1.000 904 1.00 1.000 15.000
More detailed information about the Φ-factor used in Equation (D-1) is
given in the Design Guide section for ACI 318-11 Bond Strength Results
Calculations referencing the parameter Φbond .
Nba [lb]
42614
Results
Nba [lb] Φbond 0.55 ΦNba [lb] Nua,s [lb]
42614 0.650 15234 9566

Factored Load Calculations

calculations to determine resultant loads and how factored
load information is presented in the Design Report.
Load Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Equation — ΦNn versus Nua. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Equation — ΦVn versus Vua . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Resultant Tension and Shear Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Resultant Shear Load —

Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Torsion and Shear Away From Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
329
Load Factors
Variable Reference Comments
Load Factors ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4
Input loads acting on a connection via the Enter Loads box in the Loads tab
or directly via the main screen.
PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors. It is the responsibility of the user
to include factoring when inputting loads.
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume that the factored loads input by the user
correspond to the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1 and the Φ-factors
correspond to ACI 318-08 D.4.4. Reference D.4.4: “Strength reduction factor
Φ for anchors in concrete shall be as follows when the load combinations of
9.2 are used”.
Refer to the Design Strength calculations for more detailed information

regarding the various Φ-factors utilized in PROFIS Anchor.

Equation — ΦNn versus Nua

ΦNn ≥ Nua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for cast-in-
place anchors:
• Design Steel Strength (ΦNsa)
• Design Pullout Strength (ΦNpn)
• Design Concrete Breakout Strength (ΦNcb or ΦNcbg)
• Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (ΦNsb or ΦNsbg).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for post-
installed anchors:
• Design Steel Strength (ΦNsa)
• Design Pullout Strength (ΦNpn,f´c) (mechanical anchors only)
• Design Concrete Breakout Strength (ΦNcb or ΦNcbg)
• Design Bond Strength (ΦNa or ΦNag) (adhesive anchors only).
EQ. (D-1) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.
Equation — ΦVn versus Vua

ΦVn ≥ Vua ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following shear Design Strengths for cast-in-
place anchors and post-installed anchors:
• Design Steel Strength (ΦVsa)
• Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm (ΦVsM)
• Design Concrete Breakout Strength (ΦVcb or ΦVcbg)
• Design Pryout Strength (ΦVcp or ΦVcpg).
EQ. (D-2) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.

% Utilization
Result Reference Comments
% Utilization ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ.(D-1) and EQ. (D-2)
A summary of the resultant tension loads (Nua) and the tension Design
Strengths (ΦNN) is shown in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor
Design Report. The illustrations to the left show how tension loads and
tension Design Strengths are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to Nua / ΦNN.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is ≤ 100%, it
indicates that ΦNN ≥ Nua per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that ΦNN < Nua. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.
A summary of the resultant shear loads (Vua) and the shear Design Strengths
(ΦVN) is shown in Part 4. Shear load of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The illustrations to the left show how shear loads and shear Design Strengths
are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to Vua / ΦVN.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is ≤ 100%, it
indicates that ΦVN ≥ Vua per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that ΦVN < Vua. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfied.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.

Resultant Tension and Shear Load

Resultant Loads
Factored loads input by the user are shown in Part 1. Input data of the
PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The resultant tension and shear loads calculated from the factored loads
input by the user are shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
The illustration to the left shows the resultant loads calculated by PROFIS
Anchor using the factored loads in the illustration above.
If the factored loads include moments about the x-axis or y-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant tension force that includes the influence of
the moments. The resultant tension force is distributed among the anchors
determined to be in tension. Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations
for more information.
If the factored loads include a torsion moment about the z-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant shear force that includes the influence of the
moment. Refer to the Resultant Shear Load files in the Factored Load
section for more information.

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge

When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that
2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces
the shear force acts towards a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
Load case: Design loads resultant shear force (Vua) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force
Anchor reactions [lb] acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Profiles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
1 0 2992 2441 1731 Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically
2 0 1731 0 1731 determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
subjected to torsion.
3 0 2992 -2441 1731
4 0 3112 2441 -1931 PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
(ΦVcbg) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. Vua is assumed to act
5 0 1931 0 -1931
towards the fixed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fixed edge.
6 0 3112 -2441 -1931
A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single
anchor (ΦVcp) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the
highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The
value for Vua when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load
acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied
shear force.
The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations

for the resultant shear force (Vua,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a
torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that
acts towards a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
• 6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y

direction.
• torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a

magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.
• applied shear force acting towards a fixed edge in the -y direction

having a magnitude of 600 lb.

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,
The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among
then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.
each anchor → 100 lb/anchor.
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces
Resultant Shear Force Shear Force
Anchor
Force in x direction in y direction tan-1 α = (6 in / 8 in) → α = 36.870 → cos α = 0.80 → sin α = 0.60
#1 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α (3051 lb) sin α - 100 lb F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 → F2 = (F1) sin α → F2 = 0.60 (F1)
(+) 2441 lb (+) 1731 lb
Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor
#2 1731 lb 0 lb 1831 lb - 100 lb
(+) 1731 lb (F1)(10 in) + (F3)(10 in) + (F4)(10 in) + (F6)(10 in) + (F2)(6 in) + (F5)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
#3 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α (3051 lb) sin α - 100 lb
(-) 2441 lb (+) 1731 lb (4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#4 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α - (3051 lb) sin α - 100 lb (4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(+) 2441 lb (-) 1931 lb
F1 = 3051 lb → F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
#5 1931 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb - 100 lb
(-) 1931 lb F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) → F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
#6 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α - (3051 lb) sin α - 100 lb The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each
(-) 2441 lb (-) 1931 lb anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion
force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.
Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant
Design Assumptions
shear force (Vua) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design
The resultant shear force (Vua) acts towards the fixed concrete edge. assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of
Vua; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) equals the sum of the along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.
x direction forces nearest the fixed edge. These forces correspond to F1,x
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection Calculate the reultant shear force Vua
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6. Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the net Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y = 1931 lb + 1931 lb + 1931 lb = 5793 lb
y direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond
to F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since Vua = √(Vua,x)2 + (Vua,y)2 = √(4882 lb)2 + (5793 lb)2 = 7576 lb
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fixed edge.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fixed edge.

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
The resultant shear force (Vua) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors
Design Assumptions
being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (ΦVcbg).
Concrete breakout in shear (Vcbg) is calculated for the anchors nearest the PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fixed edge when
calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the
fixed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).
edge distance (ca1) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e´v) will
be calculated as the distance of Vua from the center of anchors #1 and #4.
The eccentricity (e´v) for the resultant shear force (Vua) is assumed to equal
Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more
the perpendicular distance from Vua to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4. information about the determination of ca1.
tan-1 β = (Vua,y / Vua,x) → tan-1 β = (5793 lb / 4882 lb) = 49.880
(e´v / 6 in) = sin β → e´v = 4.589 in
The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a

modification factor for eccentricity, designated ψec,V, which is calculated when
the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.
Once e´v has been determined, ψec,V can be calculated. Refer to the Design
Guide section on concrete breakout in shear form more information about the
calulation of ψec,V.
Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).
Vcbg = (AVc / AVc0) ψec,v ψed,v ψc,v ψh,v Vb
For this example:

ψec,v = [1 / (1 + 2e´v / 3ca1)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.589 in)/(3)(6 in)))] → ψec,v = 0.662

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge
the shear force acts away from a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
Load case: Design loads resultant shear force (Vua) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Profiles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
2 0 1931 0 1931 determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
subjected to torsion.
3 0 3112 -2441 1931
4 0 2992 2441 -1731 PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
(ΦVcbg) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. Vua is assumed to act
5 0 1731 0 -1731
towards the fixed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fixed edge.
6 0 2992 -2441 -1731
A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
shear force.

acts away from a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:

direction.

• applied shear force acting away from a fixed edge in the +y direction

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Equilibrium relationships
Anchor
#1 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α (3051 lb) sin α + 100 lb F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 → F2 = (F1) sin α → F2 = 0.60 (F1)
(+) 2441 lb (+) 1931 lb
#2 1931 lb 0 lb 1831 lb + 100 lb
(+) 1931 lb (F1)(10 in) + (F3)(10 in) + (F4)(10 in) + (F6)(10 in) + (F2)(6 in) + (F5)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
#3 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α (3051 lb) sin α + 100 lb
(-) 2441 lb (+) 1931 lb (4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#4 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α - (3051 lb) sin α + 100 lb (4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(+) 2441 lb (-) 1731 lb
F1 = 3051 lb → F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
#5 1731 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb + 100 lb
(-) 1731 lb F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) → F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
#6 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α - (3051 lb) sin α + 100 lb The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each
(-) 2441 lb (-) 1731 lb anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion
Design Assumptions
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) equals the sum of the along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.
x direction forces nearest the fixed edge. These forces correspond to F1,x
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection Calculate the reultant shear force Vua
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6. Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the net Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y =1731 lb + 1731 lb + 1731 lb = 5193 lb
y direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond
to F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since Vua = √(Vua,x)2 + (Vua,y)2 = √(4882 lb)2 + (5193 lb)2 = 7127 lb
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fixed edge.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fixed edge.

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Design Assumptions
(e´v / 6 in) = sin β → e´v = 4.372 in

Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the
For this example:


Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge

2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces the shear force acts parallel to a fixed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
resultant shear force (Vua) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y Profiles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
2 0 1833 -100 1831 subjected to torsion.
3 0 3131 -2541 1831
PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
4 0 2971 2341 -1831 (ΦVcbg) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. Vua is assumed to act
5 0 1833 -100 -1831 towards the fixed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fixed edge.
6 0 3131 -2541 -1831 A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
shear force.

acts parallel to a fixed edge.The example parameters are as follows:

direction.

• applied shear force acting parallel to a fixed edge in the -x direction


Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Equilibrium relationships
Anchor
#1 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α - 100 lb (3051 lb) sin α F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 → F2 = (F1) sin α → F2 = 0.60 (F1)
(+) 2341 lb (+) 1831 lb
#2 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (+) 1831 lb
(F1)(10 in) + (F3)(10 in) + (F4)(10 in) + (F6)(10 in) + (F2)(6 in) + (F5)(6 in)
#3 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α - 100 lb (3051 lb) sin α = 144,000 in-lb
(-) 2541 lb (+) 1831 lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#4 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α - 100 lb - (3051 lb) sin α
(+) 2341 lb (-) 1831 lb (4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#5 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (-) 1831 lb F1 = 3051 lb → F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
#6 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α - 100 lb (3051 lb) sin α F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) → F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
(-) 2541 lb (-) 1831 lb
The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each
anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion
Design Assumptions
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) corresponds to (a) the along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.
torsion component in the x direction [F(cos α)] for the anchors nearest the
fixed edge minus the applied shear force acting on each of these anchors Calculate the reultant shear force Vua
(100 lb) plus (b) the total applied shear force acting parallel to the fixed Vua,x = [(3051 lb) cos α -100 lb] + [(3051 lb) cos α -100 lb] +
edge (600 lb). The direction of these forces is disregarded when calculating 600 lb = 2341 lb +2341 lb +600 lb =5282 lb
Vua,x; therefore always subtract the applied shear force acting on each
anchor from the torsion compenent of each anchor regardless of the Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y = 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb
direction of the forces. Only anchors #1 and #4 are considered because
they are located nearest the fixed edge. Vua = √(Vua,x)2 + (Vua,y)2 = √(5282 lb)2 + (5493 lb)2 = 7620 lb
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) equals the sum of the y
direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond to
F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 because

they act away from the fixed edge.

Resultant Shear Load — Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Design Assumptions being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (ΦVcbg).
PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fixed edge when
Concrete breakout in shear (Vcbg) is calculated for the anchors nearest the calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the
fixed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4). edge distance (ca1) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e´v) will
The eccentricity (e´v) for the resultant shear force (Vua) is assumed to equal Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more
(e´v / 6 in) = sin β → e´v = 4.325 in

For this example:


Resultant Shear Load — Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge

When a torsion moment acts on an anchorage, PROFIS Anchor calculates a
resultant shear force (Vua) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
Load case: Design loads acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled
in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric
Anchor reactions [lb] shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) Profiles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically
determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
1 0 3051 2441 1831 subjected to torsion.
2 0 1831 0 1831
PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
3 0 3051 -2441 1831 (ΦVcbg) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. Vua is assumed to act
4 0 3051 2441 -1831 towards the fixed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fixed edge.
5 0 1831 0 -1831 A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
6 0 3051 -2441 -1831 Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single
acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment.

torsion moment acts on the anchorage near a fixed edge.
The example parameters are as follows:

direction.


Resultant Shear Load — Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment.
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces

Anchor
#1 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α (+) (3051 lb) sin α F1 = F3 = F4 = F6 F2 = F5 → F2 = (F1) sin α → F2 = 0.60 (F1)
(+) 2441 lb (+) 1831 lb
#2 1831 lb 0 lb (+) 1831 lb
(F1)(10 in) + (F3)(10 in) + (F4)(10 in) + (F6)(10 in) + (F2)(6 in) + (F5)(6 in)
#3 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α (+) (3051 lb) sin α = 144,000 in-lb
(-) 2441 lb (+) 1831 lb
(4F1)(10 in) + (2F2)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#4 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos α (-) (3051 lb) sin α
(+) 2441 lb (-) 1831 lb (4F1)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F1)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
#5 1831 lb 0 lb (-) 1831 lb F1 = 3051 lb → F3 = F4 = F6 = 3051 lb
#6 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos α (-) (3051 lb) sin α F2 = 0.60 (3051 lb) → F2 = F5 = 1831 lb
(-) 2441 lb (-) 1831 lb
The results are given in the table to the left.
Design Assumptions
Vua; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,.
The x component of the resultant shear force (Vua,x) equals the sum of the
x direction forces nearest the fixed edge. These forces correspond to F1,x Calculate the reultant shear force Vua
and F4,x acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x direction Vua,x = F1,x + F4,x = 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
forces acting on anchors #3 and #6.
Vua,y = F4,y + F5,y+ F6,y = 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb
The y component of the resultant shear force (Vua,y) corresponds to the y
direction forces acting towards the fixed edge. These forces correspond to Vua = √(Vua,x)2 + (Vua,y)2 = √(4882 lb)2 + (5493 lb)2 = 7349 lb
F4,y , F5,y , and F6,y acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since

these forces act away from the fixed edge.

Resultant Shear Load — Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Design Assumptions
(e´v / 6 in) = sin β → e´v = 4.485 in

For this example:


Interaction Calculations

calculations when combined tension and shear act on the
connection.
Equations — Tri-Linear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Equations — Parabolic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Calculations — % Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
346
Equations — Tri-Linear
ACI 318-08, Part D.7.3 EQ. (D-32) PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
⎛ N ⎞ ⎛ V ⎞ tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
⎜ _____
ua
⎜ + ⎜ ____
ua
⎜≤ 1.2 optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
⎝ ΦNN ⎠ ⎝ ΦVN⎠ using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The tri-linear equation corresponds to EQ. (D-32) in Appendix D. The sum of

the tension and shear ratios is limited to ≤ 1.2.
The variable δ shown in the Design Report corresponds to the factor to which
each ratio will be raised. Per RD.7, δ can range between 1.0 and 2.0.
δ = 1.0 when the tri-linear equation is used to calculate the tension/shear

interaction.
5. Combined tension and shear loads
When δ = 1.0, a dash (-) is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
βN = Nu/ΦNn βV = Vu/ΦVn δ Utilization βN,V [%] Status
The results to the left were calculated using the tri-linear interaction equation
0.996 0.147 - 95 OK as follows:
βNV = (βN + βV) / 1.2 ≤ 1 βN + βV = 0.996 + 0.147 = 1.14
(βN + βV)
________ = βN,V [%]
1.2
1.14
_____ = 0.95
1.2
Equations — Parabolic
ACI 318-08, Part RD.7 PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
⎛ N ⎞5/3 ⎛ V ⎞5/3 tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
⎜ _____
ua
⎜ + ⎜ ____
ua
⎜ ≤ 1.0 optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
⎝ ΦNN ⎠ ⎝ ΦVN⎠ using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The parabolic equation corresponds to the equation shown in RD.7. The sum
of the tension and shear ratios is limited to ≤ 1.0.
The variable δ shown in RD.7 corresponds to the factor to which each ratio
will be raised. Per RD.7, δ can range between 1.0 and 2.0.
5. Combined tension and shear loads δ = 5/3 when the parabolic equation is used to calculate the tension/shear
βN = Nu/ΦNn βV = Vu/ΦVn δ Utilization βN,V [%] Status interaction.
0.575 0.732 5/3 99 OK δ is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
βNV = βδN + βδV ≤ 1 The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
as follows:
βN5/3 + βV5/3 = (0.575)5/3 + (0.732)5/3 = 0.993
(βN + βV)
________ = βN,V [%] = 0.99
1.0

Calculations — % Utilization
Calculation Reference Comments
Design Report, Part 5 - Combined tension and shear loads PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for
tension as βN. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
βN = Nu / ΦNN
PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for

shear as βV. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
βV = Vu / ΦVN
PROFIS Anchor designates the sum of βN + βV as βN,V, which corresponds to

the % utilization.
(βN)δ + (βV)δ = βN,V
The % utilization is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.

If the value for βN,V, expressed as a percentage, is ≤ the controlling interaction
equation limit, the Design Report shows this value in Part 5 of the Design
Report under the heading:
Utilization βN,V [%].
The term “OK” will be given under the heading Status.

5. Combined tension and shear loads The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
βN = Nu/ΦNn βV = Vu/ΦVn δ Utilization βN,V [%] Status as follows:
0.549 0.499 5/3 68 OK βN5/3 + βV5/3 = (0.549)5/3 + (0.499)5/3 = 0.682
(βN + βV)
________ = β [%] = 0.68
N,V
1.0
Since βN5/3 + βV5/3 < 1.0 the interaction requirements have been satisfied using
this equation.
If the value for βN,V, expressed as a percentage, is > the controlling interaction
5. Combined tension and shear loads
equation limit, the Design Report will not show any value in Part 5 under the
βN = Nu/ΦNn βV = Vu/ΦVn δ Utilization βN,V [%] Status heading:
1.082 0.506 - - not recommended Utilization βN,V [%].
βNV = (βN + βV) / 1.2 ≤ 1 The results to the left were calculated using both the parabolic interaction
equation and the tri-linear equation as follows:
The term “not recommended” will parabolic equation: βN5/3 + βV5/3 = (1.082)5/3 + (0.506)5/3 = 1.461 > 1.0
be given under the heading Status.
tri-linear equation: βN + βV = 1.082 + 0.506 = 1.588 > 1.2

Base Plate Calculations
This section explains how PROFIS Anchor uses the base plate
properties to determine forces acting on the anchors, and to
consider the effects of eccentricity on the tension capacity of
the anchorage.
Design Assumptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Tension Forces on the Anchors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Tension Eccentricity Calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
349
PROFIS Anchor Design Assumptions for Base Plate Calculations

Design Assumptions
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations are performed to determine the tension forces acting on anchors. The base plate dimensions are utilized in conjunction with the forces acting on the anchorage to determine which anchors are in
tension, and the magnitude of the force acting on each anchor in tension. PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the base plate is rigid, which means that it assumes the stiffness of the base plate is greater than the stiffness of the anchors.
This permits a linear elastic stress/strain distribution to be utilized in conjunction with compatibility equations and statics to locate the neutral axis. A finite element program is used to perform these calculations. PROFIS Anchor does not
perform any analysis or design for anchors determined to be in compression. Analysis and design related to compression conditions such as buckling are beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor.
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations can be summarized as follows:

■■ Locate the neutral axis using the finite element program.
■■ Determine the compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate.
■■ Determine the resultant tension and resultant compression forces acting on the anchorage.
■■ Determine the force distribution on the anchors in tension.
■■ Determine the eccentricity of the resultant tension force with respect to the center of gravity for the anchors that are in tension.
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations do not consider the following:

■■ PROFIS Anchor does not calculate a base plate thickness to resist the forces acting on the anchorage. Users can input any base plate thickness. A default base plate thickness is utilized by the finite element program to proportion
the finite element nodes. The base plate is always assumed to be rigid in order to permit a linear elastic stress/strain distribution to be utilized.
■■ PROFIS Anchor does not consider the profile shape when locating the neutral axis. Users can input any profile shape, or no profile shape.
■■ PROFIS Anchor does not calculate the bearing strength of the concrete. It calculates the compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate for the length and width that have been input, and for the forces that have been
input, assuming the base plate is rigid.
PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base plate design !! Base plate calculations are performed to determine the tension forces acting on anchors.

Design Assumptions (continued)

1 Input data Part 1 Input data in the PROFIS Anchor design report shows the base plate
geometry input by the user. The main screen shows the factored loads input
Anchor type and diameter: HIT-HY 200 + HAS 1 by the user, and the anchorage geometry.
Effective embedment depth: hef,act = 15.000 in. (hef,limit = - in.)
Geometry and loads, along with additional parameters, can be input as
Material: 5.8 follows:
Evaluation Service Report: ESR-3187
•B
ase material tab: input concrete compressive strength, geometry
Issued I Valid: 4/1/2013 | 3/1/2014 and installation parameters.
Proof: design method ACI 318 / AC308
•A
nchor plate tab: input base plate geometry and stand-off
Stand-off installation: eb = 0.000 in. (no stand-off); t = 1.000 in. conditions.
Anchor plate: Ix x Iy x t = 24.000 in. x 12.000 in. x 1.000 in.; (Recommended plate thickness: not calculated) •A
nchor layout tab: input anchor geometry.
Profile: no profile
•P
rofiles tab: select a profile type and locate it on the base plate.
Base material: cracked concrete, 4000, fc′ = 4000 psi; h = 420.000 in., Temp. short.long: 32/32 °F
•L
oads tab: select a design method (Strength Design or Allowable
Installation: hammer drilled hole, installation condition: dry
Stress Design) and load condition (seismic or non-seismic).
Reinforcement: tension: condition B, shear: condition B; no supplemental splitting reinforcement present
edge reinforcement: none or < No. 4 bar
Anchor embedment depth is input via the Results pane.
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F) no
For more information on how to navigate in PROFIS Anchor and utilize the
various tabs, go to the PROFIS Anchor tutorials.
Geometry and loads can also be input directly via the main screen.
Click on the View tab and check the parameters in the box titled Model
designations to show that parameter on the main screen.
To input a parameter on the main screen, place the cursor over it and type in
a value. Click the “Enter” key or double click on your left mouse to save the
value.
PROFIS Anchor calculations for a selected design method assume the loads
that have been input are consistent with the provisions for that method. It is the
responsibility of the user to input loads that are relevant for the design method
that has been selected. PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors, nor does
it convert strength design results into allowable loads.

Tension Forces on the Anchors

The base plate neutral axis must be located in order to determine the
following:
• which anchors are in tension and which anchors are in compression.
• the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) forces.
Anchor Tension Shear force Shear Shear • the magnitude of the tension force acting on each anchor that is in
force force x force y tension.
1 19421 0 0 0 • the eccentricity of the resultant tension force with respect to the center
2 6656 0 0 0 of gravity for the anchors that are in tension.
3 0 0 0 0 Using the forces, moments and base plate geometry that have been input,
4 19421 0 0 0 PROFIS Anchor calculates the resultant forces acting on the anchorage.
Part 2 of the design report shows the magnitude and location of the resultant
5 6656 0 0 0 tension and compression forces, as well as the magnitude of the tension
6 0 0 0 0 force on each anchor that is in tension. PROFIS Anchor does not perform any
calculations for anchors determined to be in compression. Resultant shear
forces will also be shown if the forces that are input include shear forces in
the x direction and/or y direction and/or torsion about the z axis. Refer to
the Design Guide section on Factored Loads for more information about
PROFIS Anchor resultant shear force calculations.
Given the applied axial forces, and the moments acting about the x/y axes
of the base plate; statics can be used to develop equations for calculating
the location of the neutral axis on the base plate. The application, however,
is statically indeterminate since the location of the neutral axis and the
magnitude of the resultant forces are unknown. Assuming the base plate
is rigid, a linear-elastic stress/strain relationship can be assumed, and
compatibility equations can be used to provide the additional equations
necessary to solve for the neutral axis location.
Once the neutral axis has been located, the compressive stress in the
concrete beneath the base plate can be calculated, and subsequently,
the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces can be
calculated. Once the resultant forces are known, the tension forces acting on
each anchor can be calculated, and the eccentricity of the resultant tension
force with respect to the anchors that are in tension can be calculated.
The following example will be used to explain how PROFIS Anchor
calculates resultant tension and compression forces for an anchorage, and
the corresponding tension forces on each anchor in tension. The example
consists of the following:
• six Hilti HAS 5.8 carbon steel threaded rods having a diameter = 1" and
a tensile stress area (Ase) = 0.6057 in2/rod.
• the anchors are spaced at 12" and 8" in the x direction.
• the anchors are spaced at 8" in the y direction.
• baseplate having dimensions 12" x 2'-0" x 1".
• applied axial tension force = 30,000 lb.
• applied moment acting about the y axis = 600,000 in-lb.
• concrete compressive strength = 4000 lb/in2
The images to the left show how loads can be input for PROFIS Anchor
ACI 318-11 provisions.

Tension Forces on the Anchors (continued)

The location of the neutral axis, defined by "x" in the illustration to the left,
Compatibility Equations
is unknown. Likewise, the tension forces acting on the anchors, and the
PL
AE ➞ (T14) (L)
(A14) (Es) ➞ (T25) (L)
(A25) (Es) ➞ (σc) (L)
(Ec)
compressive stress in the concrete beneath the base plate are unknown.
The application, therefore, is statically indeterminate; however, compatibility
equations can be used to obtain the necessary equilibrium relationships that
will permit determination of the tension forces acting on the anchors.
T14 = tension force acting on anchors 1 and 4
A14 = tensile stress area for anchors 1 and 4 (T14) (L) (T25) (L) (σc) (L)
= (2) (0.6057 in2) (A14) (Es) (A25) (Es) (Ec)
= =
= 1.2114 in2 (22 - x) (10 - x) (x)
T25 = tension force acting on anchors 2 and 5
A25 = tensile stress area for anchors 2 and 5
(Equation 1)
= (2) (0.6057 in2)
➞(T ) = (σ ) (22(E- x)) (x)(A ) (E ) ➞(T ) =(8.064) (22(x) - x) (σ )

= 1.2114 in2 (T14) (σc) (22 - x) c 14 s c
σc = compression stress in the concrete beneath = 14 14
(A14) (Es) (Ec) (x)
the base plate c
Es = 29,000,000 lb/in2
Ec = 30,000 Mpa* (Equation 2)
= 4,351,200 lb/in2
*PROFIS Anchor does not calculate Ec per
ACI 318 Part 8.5.1. It uses the European
(T25)
(A25) (Es)
=
(σc) (10 - x)
(Ec) (x)
➞(T ) = (σ ) (10(E- x)) (x)(A ) (E ) ➞(T ) =(8.064) (10(x) - x) (σ )
25
c
c
25 s
25
c
value for Ec = 30,000 MPa.

"L" = "Length" = unity


Compatibility Equations Using statics, and Equations 1 and 2, additional equations can be developed that express the compressive
stress in the concrete beneath the base plate (σc) in terms of the neutral axis term (x).
(8.064) (22 - x) (σc)
(T14) =
(x)
(Equation 1) ΣFz = 0 +
↑
[ (0.5) (σc) (x) (12) ] + 30,000 - T 14 - T 25 = 0
(8.064) (10 - x) (σc)

(T25) = (Equation 2) (8.064) (22-x) (σc) (8.064) (10-x) (σc)
(x) [(0.5 (σc) (x) (12)] + 30,000 - - =0
(x) (x)
(6σc) x2 + (30,000) x - (177.408σc) + (8.064σc) x - (80.64σc) + (8.064σc) x = 0
(6σc) x2 + (30,000) x - (258.05σc) + (16.128σc) x = 0
σc [6x2 + (16.128) x - 258.05] = - (30,000) x
-(30,000) x
σc =
[6x2 + (16.128) x - 258.05] (Equation 3)
↶
ΣMy = 0 +
[(0.5) (σc) (x) (12) (0.67x)] + T 14 (22-x) + T 25 (10 -x) - (30,000) (12 -x) - 600,000 = 0
[(0.5 (σc) (x) (12) (0.67x)] +

( (8.064) (22-x) (σc)
(x) ) (22-x) + ( (8.064) (10-x) (σc)
(x) ) (10-x) - (30,000) (12 - x) - 600,000 =0
(4σc) x3 + (8.064σc) (22 - x)2 + (8.064σc) (10 - x)2- (360,000)x + (30,000)x2 - (600,000) x = 0
σc [4x3 + (8.064) (22 - x)2 + (8.064) (10 - x)2 ] = (960,000)x - (30,000)x2
(960,000) x - (30,000)x2
σc =
4x3 + (8.064) (22 - x)2 + (8.064) (10 - x)2 (Equation 4)


Set Equation 3 equal to Equation 4 and solve for "x", the location of the neutral axis. This is a
trial and error process using various values for x until the value calculated for Equation 3 equals
the value calculated for Equation 4.
Once the value for x is known, the concrete compressive stress (σc) beneath the base plate can
be calculated.
Once σc is known, the tension forces acting on the anchors (T14 and T25) can be calculated.
Finally, once T14 and T25 are known; the tension forces acting on anchors
1 and 4, 2 and 5 can be calculated.
The resultant tension force equals the sum of the tension forces acting on anchors 1, 2, 4
and 5. This value will be compared to the calculated tension capacities for concrete breakout
strength and bond strength (ΦNN > Nua). The highest tension force acting on a single anchor, i.e.
the highest force acting on anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5, will be compared to the calculated tension
capacity for steel strength (ΦNsa > Nua,i).
(Equation 3) = (Equation 4)
-(30,000)x (960,000)x - (30,000)x2
=
[6x2 + (16.128)x - 258.05] [4x3 + (8.064) (22 -x)2 +(8.064) (10 -x)2 ]
Try x = 3.75 in.
-(30,000) (3.75) (960,000) (3.75) - (30,000) (3.75)2

=
(6) (3.75) + (16.128) (3.75) - 258.05
2
(4) (3.75) + (8.064) (22 - 3.75)2 + (8.064) (10 -3.75)2
3
units are lb/in2 993.86 = 989.53 OK


Compatibility Equations Solve for the tension forces acting on anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5. Assume the value for σc = the
average of the calculation results when x = 3.75.
(8.064) (22 - x) (σc)
(T14) = (Equation 1) 993.86 lb/in2 + 989.53 lb/in2
(x) σc = = 992 lb/in2
2
T14 = T1 + T4 where T1 = T4
From (Equation 1) using (8.064 in2) (22 in - 3.75 in) (992 lb/in2)
x = 3.75 in and σc = 992 lb/in2: T14 = = 38,930 lb
3.75 in
T14
(T25) =
(8.064) (10 - x) (σc)
(Equation 2)
T1 = T4 =
2
➞ T =T 1 4
= 19,465 lb
(x)
T25 = T2 + T5 where T2 = T5
From (Equation 2) using (8.064 in2) (10 in - 3.75 in) (992 lb/in2)
x = 3.75 in and σc = 992 lb/in2: T25 = = 13,332 lb
3.75 in
T25
T2 = T5 =
2
➞ T =T 2 5
= 6,666 lb


Check for static equilibrium using the values calculated for T14 and T25. The resultant
compression force (C) equals the volume under the base plate in the compression zone.
ΣF: 30,000 lb + C = T14 + T 25

30,000 lb + 22,320 lb = 38,930 lb + 13,332 lb
52,320 lb = 52,262 lb
difference = 58 lb ➞ 0% OK
ΣM: (T14) (18.25 in) + (T25) (6.25 in) + (C) (2.50 in) = (30,000 lb) (8.25 in) + 600,000 in-lb
T14 = 38,930,lb 710,472 in-lb + 83,325 in-lb + 55,800 in-lb = 247,500 in-lb + 600,000 in-lb
T25 = 13,332 lb 849,597 in-lb = 847,500 in-lb
difference = 2097 in-lb ➞ 0.25% OK

C = (0.5) (σc) (x) (base plate width)
= (0.5) (992 lb/in2) (3.75 in) (12 in)
= 22,320 lb
The PROFIS Anchor design report shows the resultant forces acting on the anchors in tension,
2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces as well as the resultant compression force and concrete compressive stress calculated using the
Load case:Design loads above design assumptions. Refer to Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces in the design
report.
Part 2 of the design report also shows the location of the resultant tension and compression
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression) forces with respect to the center of gravity for the base plate. PROFIS Anchor does not perform
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y any calculations for anchors determined to be in compression.
1 19421 0 0 0 For more information about resultant shear force calculations, go to the Design Guide section
2 6656 0 0 0 titled Factored Load Calculations.
3 0 0 0 0
4 19421 0 0 0
5 6656 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0
resulting compression force in (x/y)=(-10.752/0.000): 22154 [lb]

Tension Eccentricity Calculations

The tension eccentricity (e′N) calculated for concrete breakout strength and
T14 = 38,930,lb
bond strength is defined as the distance of the resultant tension force from
T25 = 13,332 lb the centroid of the anchors that are in tension. The resultant tension force
for this application equals T14 + T25. The resultant force location can be
determined as follows. Refer to the section Tension Forces on the Anchors
C = (0.5) (σc) (x) (baseplate width) for an explanation of how σc, x, T14 and T25 were calculated.
= (0.5) (992 lb/in2) (3.75 in) (12 in) TR = T14 + T25

= 38,930 lb + 13,332 lb
= 22,320 lb
= 52,262 lb
ΣM: (TR) (L) + (C) (2.50 in) = (30,000 lb) (8.25 in) + 600,000 in-lb
(52,262 lb) (L) = 247,500 in-lb + 600,000 in-lb - 55,800 in-lb
L = 15.15 in
L- (4 in + 2 in + 6.25) = 2.90 in
TR is located 2.90" in the -x direction from the center of gravity for the
anchors that are in tension. Therefore, the tension eccentricity (e′N) equals
2.90 in. The PROFIS Anchor design report will denote this value as ec1,N
because it corresponds to eccentricity in the x direction. The design report
denotes tension eccentricity in the y direction as ec2,N . Tension eccentricity
is used to calculate the modification factors ψec,N and ψec,Na for concrete
breakout strength in tension and bond strength respectively.

TR is also located 6.90" in the -x direction from the center of gravity for the
Load case:Design loads
base plate.
e′N = 2.90 in
2.90 in + 4 in = 6.90 in
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y
Part 2 Load case/Resulting anchor forces in the PROFIS Anchor design
1 19421 0 0 0 report shows the location of TR with respect to the center of gravity for the
2 6656 0 0 0 base plate. The coordinates used to define the location of resultant forces are
given with respect to the center of gravity of the base plate. Therefore, the
3 0 0 0 0
coordinates for TR are given in Part 2 of the design report as (-6.937, 0.000)
4 19421 0 0 0 because tension eccentricity only exists in the x direction. The difference in
5 6656 0 0 0 values shown in the design report versus the calculations above are the result
of the hand calculation results being rounded.
6 0 0 0 0

Tension Eccentricity Calculations (continued)

ACI 318-11 Appendix D Once the value for tension eccentricity (e′N) is known, the modification factors
ψec,N and ψec,Na can be calculated for concrete breakout strength in tension
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension and bond strength respectively. ACI 318-11 D.5.2.4 and D.5.5.3 both have
D.5.2.4 — The modification factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in an additional clause, not shown to the left, which addresses eccentricity
tension, ψec,N , shall be computed as with respect to both the x and y axes. For these cases, ψec is is calculated
for each eccentricity condition and the results are multiplied together. This
( )
1 value is then used in equation (D-4) for calculating nominal concrete breakout
strength, and equation (D-19) for calculating nominal bond strength, as
ψec,N = 2e′N ≤1 (D-8) relevant to the application.
1+
3hef Modification factor for Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension
assumes hef = 15.00"
( )
1
but ψec,N shall not be taken greater than 1.0.
ψec,N = (2) (2.90") ≤1 (D-8)
If the loading on an anchor group is such that only some anchors are in 1+
tension, only those anchors that are in tension shall be considered when (3) (15.00")
determining the eccentricity e′N for use in Eq. (D-8) and for the calculation of
Ncbg according to Eq. (D-4).
ψec,N = 0.886
Bond Strength in Tension

Modification factor for Bond Strength in Tension
D.5.5.3 — The modification factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded assumes cNa = 13.07"
eccentrically in tension, ψec,Na , shall be computed as
( )
1
( )
1 ψec,Na = 2.90" ≤1 (D-23)
ψec,Na = e′N ≤1 (D-23) 1+
13.07"
1+
cNa
ψec,Na = 0.818
but ψec,Na shall not be taken greater than 1.0.
If the loading on an adhesive anchor group is such that only some adhesive
anchors are in tension, only those adhesive anchors that are in tension shall
be considered when determining the eccentricity e′N for use in Eq. (D-23) and
for the calculation of Nag according to Eq. (D-19).


3.4 Concrete Breakout Strength Concrete breakout strength calculations in tension are given in Part 3.4 of the
PROFIS Anchor design report. The illustration to the left has been edited from
Ncbg =
( ) ANc
ANc 0
ψec,N ψed,N ψc,N ψcp,N Nb
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-4)
the design report to show parameters relevant to eccentricity when concrete
breakout strength is being calculated in tension.
Tension eccentricity in the x direction is designated ec1,N. The corresponding

eccentricity modification factor is designated ψec1,N.
( )
1 Tension eccentricity in the y direction is designated ec2,N. The corresponding
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-8) eccentricity modification factor is designated ψec2,N.
ψec,Na = 1 + 2e′N ≤ 1.0
3hef If eccentricity exists in both the x and y directions, the values calculated for
ψec1,N and ψec,2,N will be multiplied together, and the resulting value would be
used in Equation (D-4) to calculate the nominal concrete breakout strength in
tension.
Variables
This design example only has eccentricity with respect to the x direction.
hef [in.] ec1,N [in.] ec2,N [in.] ca,min [in.] ψc,N Therefore, only values for ec1,N and ψec1,N are calculated in Part 3.4 of the
15.000 2.937 0.000 ∞ 1.000 design report, and the value for ψec1,N is used to calculate the nominal
concrete breakout strength per Equation (D-4).
Calculations Note that the value for the resultant tension force (= 52,154 lb) corresponds
to the value shown for the parameter Nua, since the resultant tension force
ANc [in.2] ANc0 [in.2] ψec1,N ψec2,N ψed,N ψcp,N Nb [lb] equals the total factored tension force acting on the anchors in the group.
3021.00 2025.00 0.885 1.000 1.000 1.000 62462
Results
Ncbg [lb] Φconcrete ΦNcbg [lb] Nua [lb]
82424 0.650 53576 52154


3.2 Bond Strength Bond strength calculations in tension are given in Part 3.2 of the PROFIS
Anchor design report. The illustration to the left has been edited from the
( )
ANa design report to show parameters relevant to eccentricity when bond
Nag = ψec1,Na ψec2,Na ψed,Na ψcp,Na Nba ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-19) strength is being calculated in tension.
ANa0
Tension eccentricity in the x direction is designated ec1,N. The corresponding
eccentricity modification factor is designated ψec1,Na.
Tension eccentricity in the y direction is designated ec2,N. The corresponding
√
τuncr ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-21) eccentricity modification factor is designated ψec2,Na.
cNa = 10d 1100
a
If eccentricity exists in both the x and y directions, the values calculated for
ψec1,Na and ψec,2,Na will be multiplied together, and the resulting value would be
used in Equation (D-19) to calculate the nominal bond strength in tension.
( )
1 This design example only has eccentricity with respect to the x direction.
ψec,Na = 1 + e′N ≤ 1.0 Therefore, only values for ec1,N and ψec1,Na are calculated in Part 3.2 of the
ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-23)
cNa design report, and the value for ψec1,Na is used to calculate the nominal bond
strength per Equation (D-19).
Note that the value for the resultant tension force (= 52,154 lb) corresponds
Variables to the value shown for the parameter Nua, since the resultant tension force
equals the total factored tension force acting on the anchors in the group.
1880 1.000 15.000 ∞ 904

2.937 0.000 25.427 1.00 1.000
Calculations
13.013 1293.85 677.34 1.000
ψec1,Na ψec2,Na ψcp,Na Nba [lb]

0.816 1.000 1.000 42614
Results
Nag [lb] Φbond ΦNag [lb] Nua [lb]
66411 0.650 43167 52154


Profis Hiti Design Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Profis Hiti Design Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROFIS Anchor

Anchor design at a click.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension — Concrete Breakout Strength . . .14

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension — Side-Face Blowout Strength Shear — Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . .143

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Equations — ANa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

ACI 318-11 Sustained Load Provisions . . . . . . .324

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about

◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08

◼◼ Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308

◼◼ PROFIS Anchor design assumptions

◼◼ Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports

This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for

The TENSION section of the Design Guide provides

Tension — Steel Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Tension — Concrete Breakout Strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Tension — Pullout Strength — Mechanical Anchors. . . . . . 53

Tension Tension — Pullout Strength — Cast-In-Place Anchors. . . . . 62

Tension — Bond Strength ­— Adhesive Anchors. . . . . . . . . 70

Tension — Side-Face Blowout

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Equations — Nsa cast-in-place

Equations — Nsa post-installed

Equations — Φ Nsa versus Nua

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Cast-in-place anchor steel properties correspond to ASTM F1554 bolts and

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Results — Nua (continued)

The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting

The Design Report shows Nua corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

For tension calculations, these modes include:

For shear calculations, these modes include:

Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Results — Φnonductile (continued)

Design Steel Strength equals: Φsteel * Nsa for non-seismic conditions.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating ANc.

Click the “Enter” key to set the new value.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Equations — ΦNcb or ΦNcbg versus Nua

PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the

A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

ψcp,N is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a

Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,

The value for ψcp,N shown in the Design Report equals:

MAX. {(ca,min/cac) ; (1.5 hef/cac)} < 1.0.

EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Equations — ψec,n (continued)

Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

Tension — Bond Strength — Adhesive Anchors. . . . . . . . . 70

Tension — Side-Face Blowout